Skip to main content

10-Q

Hilltop Holdings Inc. (HTH)

10-Q 2025-07-25 For: 2025-06-30
View Original
Added on April 12, 2026
View as plain text

Table of Contents ​

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2025

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 1-31987

Hilltop Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland 84-1477939
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
organization)
6565 Hillcrest Avenue
Dallas , TX 75205
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

( 214 ) 855-2177

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Trading symbol Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share HTH New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ◻

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒   No ◻

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ⌧ Accelerated filer ◻
Non-accelerated filer ◻<br>​ Smaller reporting company ☐<br><br>​
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ⌧

The number of shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding at July 24, 2025 was 63,001,759. ​ ​

Table of Contents HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements 3
Consolidated Balance Sheets 3
Consolidated Statements of Operations 4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 9
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 48
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 94
Item 4. Controls and Procedures 99
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings 100
Item 1A. Risk Factors 100
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 100
Item 5. Other Information 100
Item 6. Exhibits 101

​ 2

Table of Contents PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements.

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

June 30, December 31, ****
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Assets
Cash and due from banks $ 982,488 $ 2,298,977
Federal funds sold 650 650
Assets segregated for regulatory purposes 47,158 70,963
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 93,878 88,728
Securities:
Trading, at fair value 675,757 524,916
Available for sale, at fair value, net (amortized cost of $1,488,368 and $1,498,415, respectively) 1,408,347 1,396,549
Held to maturity, at amortized cost, net (fair value of $704,035 and $649,872, respectively) 771,641 737,899
Equity, at fair value 4,996 297
2,860,741 2,659,661
Loans held for sale 979,875 858,665
Loans held for investment, net of unearned income 8,061,204 7,950,551
Allowance for credit losses (97,961) (101,116)
Loans held for investment, net 7,963,243 7,849,435
Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables 1,469,628 1,452,366
Premises and equipment, net 139,179 148,245
Operating lease right-of-use assets 88,050 90,563
Mortgage servicing rights 7,887 5,723
Other assets 455,930 470,073
Goodwill 267,447 267,447
Other intangible assets, net 6,119 6,633
Total assets $ 15,362,273 $ 16,268,129
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing $ 2,790,958 $ 2,768,707
Interest-bearing 7,600,599 8,296,615
Total deposits 10,391,557 11,065,322
Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables 1,461,683 1,331,902
Short-term borrowings 734,508 834,023
Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value 59,766 57,234
Notes payable 148,475 347,667
Operating lease liabilities 104,972 109,103
Other liabilities 234,467 304,566
Total liabilities 13,135,428 14,049,817
Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 13 and 14)
Stockholders' equity:
Hilltop stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares authorized; 63,001,298 and 64,967,984 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively 630 650
Additional paid-in capital 1,022,474 1,052,219
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (94,748) (111,497)
Retained earnings 1,270,286 1,248,593
Total Hilltop stockholders' equity 2,198,642 2,189,965
Noncontrolling interests 28,203 28,347
Total stockholders' equity 2,226,845 2,218,312
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 15,362,273 $ 16,268,129

See accompanying notes .

​ 3

Table of Contents HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Interest income:
Loans, including fees $ 131,793 $ 138,627 $ 256,485 $ 272,958
Securities borrowed 20,544 20,306 36,353 40,867
Securities:
Taxable 25,811 25,289 50,593 51,530
Tax-exempt 3,087 2,389 5,700 4,804
Other 15,946 20,532 40,849 46,598
Total interest income 197,181 207,143 389,980 416,757
Interest expense:
Deposits 57,056 68,095 117,107 137,239
Securities loaned 17,662 18,669 32,398 37,708
Short-term borrowings 7,694 10,676 15,797 22,264
Notes payable 3,106 3,604 6,759 7,194
Other 989 2,449 2,128 5,081
Total interest expense 86,507 103,493 174,189 209,486
Net interest income 110,674 103,650 215,791 207,271
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses (7,340) 10,934 1,998 8,063
Net interest income after provision for (reversal of) credit losses 118,014 92,716 213,793 199,208
Noninterest income:
Net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income 51,945 58,455 97,226 98,652
Mortgage loan origination fees 28,738 34,398 51,189 60,836
Securities commissions and fees 33,041 29,510 66,769 59,883
Investment and securities advisory fees and commissions 43,730 32,992 80,358 63,218
Other 35,180 37,950 110,432 92,334
Total noninterest income 192,634 193,305 405,974 374,923
Noninterest expense:
Employees' compensation and benefits 176,410 169,998 352,650 335,828
Occupancy and equipment, net 21,064 21,297 40,846 43,209
Professional services 10,820 10,270 14,934 20,001
Other 52,882 54,899 104,219 107,449
Total noninterest expense 261,176 256,464 512,649 506,487
Income before income taxes 49,472 29,557 107,118 67,644
Income tax expense 11,583 6,658 24,697 15,223
Net income 37,889 22,899 82,421 52,421
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 1,816 2,566 4,232 4,420
Income attributable to Hilltop $ 36,073 $ 20,333 $ 78,189 $ 48,001
Earnings per common share:
Basic $ 0.57 $ 0.31 $ 1.22 $ 0.74
Diluted $ 0.57 $ 0.31 $ 1.22 $ 0.74
Weighted average share information:
Basic 63,637 65,085 64,122 65,142
Diluted 63,638 65,086 64,124 65,149

See accompanying notes .

​ 4

Table of Contents HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Net income $ 37,889 $ 22,899 $ 82,421 $ 52,421
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net taxes of $(324), $(446), $(789) and $(352), respectively (1,105) (1,583) (2,687) (1,042)
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net taxes of $1,633, $62, $4,989 and $539, respectively 5,717 692 16,858 606
Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income, net taxes of $0, $0, $0 and $34, respectively 114
Amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity, net taxes of $388, $398, $774 and $798, respectively 1,294 1,326 2,578 2,656
Comprehensive income 43,795 23,334 99,170 54,755
Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest 1,816 2,566 4,232 4,420
Comprehensive income applicable to Hilltop $ 41,979 $ 20,768 $ 94,938 $ 50,335

See accompanying notes.

​ 5

Table of Contents ​

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY ****

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

**** **** **** Accumulated **** **** Deferred **** **** **** **** Total **** ****
Additional Other Compensation Employee Hilltop Total
Common Stock Paid-in Comprehensive Retained Employee Stock Stock Trust Stockholders’ Noncontrolling Stockholders’
Shares Amount Capital Loss Earnings Trust, Net Shares Amount Equity Interest Equity
Balance, March 31, 2024 65,267 $ 653 $ 1,049,831 $ (119,606) $ 1,201,013 $ 115 5 $ (142) $ 2,131,864 $ 27,566 $ 2,159,430
Net income 20,333 20,333 2,566 22,899
Other comprehensive income 435 435 435
Stock-based compensation expense 2,725 2,725 2,725
Common stock issued to board members 4 121 121 121
Issuance of common stock related to share-based awards, net 2 (18) (18) (18)
Repurchases of common stock (320) (3) (5,136) (4,784) (9,923) (9,923)
Dividends on common stock ($0.17 per share) (11,095) (11,095) (11,095)
Deferred compensation plan (114) (5) 141 27 27
Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest (1,990) (1,990)
Balance, June 30, 2024 64,953 $ 650 $ 1,047,523 $ (119,171) $ 1,205,467 $ 1 $ (1) $ 2,134,469 $ 28,142 $ 2,162,611
Balance, March 31, 2025 64,154 $ 642 $ 1,037,138 $ (100,654) $ 1,262,586 $ $ $ 2,199,712 $ 29,110 $ 2,228,822
Net income 36,073 36,073 1,816 37,889
Other comprehensive income 5,906 5,906 5,906
Stock-based compensation expense 3,858 3,858 3,858
Common stock issued to board members 3 75 75 75
Issuance of common stock related to share-based awards, net 2 (21) (21) (21)
Repurchases of common stock (1,158) (12) (18,576) (16,848) (35,436) (35,436)
Dividends on common stock ($0.18 per share) (11,525) (11,525) (11,525)
Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest (2,723) (2,723)
Balance, June 30, 2025 63,001 $ 630 $ 1,022,474 $ (94,748) $ 1,270,286 $ $ $ 2,198,642 $ 28,203 $ 2,226,845

See accompanying notes.

​ 6

Table of Contents HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

**** **** **** Accumulated **** **** Deferred **** **** **** **** Total **** ****
Additional Other Compensation Employee Hilltop Total
Common Stock Paid-in Comprehensive Retained Employee Stock Stock Trust Stockholders’ Noncontrolling Stockholders’
Shares Amount Capital Loss Earnings Trust, Net Shares Amount Equity Interest Equity
Balance, December 31, 2023 65,153 $ 652 $ 1,054,662 $ (121,505) $ 1,189,222 $ 228 10 $ (292) $ 2,122,967 $ 27,362 $ 2,150,329
Net income 48,001 48,001 4,420 52,421
Other comprehensive income 2,334 2,334 2,334
Stock-based compensation expense 5,665 5,665 5,665
Common stock issued to board members 8 242 242 242
Issuance of common stock related to share-based awards, net 432 4 (2,773) (2,769) (2,769)
Repurchases of common stock (640) (6) (10,273) (9,585) (19,864) (19,864)
Dividends on common stock ($0.34 per share) (22,171) (22,171) (22,171)
Deferred compensation plan (227) (10) 291 64 64
Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest (3,640) (3,640)
Balance, June 30, 2024 64,953 $ 650 $ 1,047,523 $ (119,171) $ 1,205,467 $ 1 $ (1) $ 2,134,469 $ 28,142 $ 2,162,611
Balance, December 31, 2024 64,968 $ 650 $ 1,052,219 $ (111,497) $ 1,248,593 $ $ $ 2,189,965 $ 28,347 $ 2,218,312
Net income 78,189 78,189 4,232 82,421
Other comprehensive income 16,749 16,749 16,749
Stock-based compensation expense 7,467 7,467 7,467
Common stock issued to board members 7 196 196 196
Issuance of common stock related to share-based awards, net 230 2 (2,036) (2,034) (2,034)
Repurchases of common stock (2,204) (22) (35,372) (33,322) (68,716) (68,716)
Dividends on common stock ($0.36 per share) (23,174) (23,174) (23,174)
Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest (4,376) (4,376)
Balance, June 30, 2025 63,001 $ 630 $ 1,022,474 $ (94,748) $ 1,270,286 $ $ $ 2,198,642 $ 28,203 $ 2,226,845

See accompanying notes.

​ 7

Table of Contents HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Operating Activities
Net income $ 82,421 $ 52,421
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 1,998 8,063
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net 9,034 9,337
Net change in fair value of equity securities 375
Equity in earnings of merchant banking subsidiaries (38,715) (5,497)
Deferred income taxes 1,437 (12,245)
Other, net 7,176 475
Net change in securities purchased under agreements to resell (5,150) (31,903)
Net change in trading securities (68,611) (205,393)
Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables 17,016 272,512
Net change in other assets (7,551) (7,761)
Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization payables 72,849 (159,361)
Net change in other liabilities (84,180) (45,746)
Net change in securities sold, not yet purchased 2,532 40,674
Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights asset 45,129
Change in valuation of mortgage servicing rights asset 950 4,720
Net gains from sales of loans (97,226) (98,652)
Loans originated for sale (4,884,155) (4,642,556)
Proceeds from loans sold 4,761,039 4,411,324
Net cash used in operating activities (228,761) (364,459)
Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities held to maturity 52,612 38,011
Proceeds from sales, maturities and principal reductions of securities available for sale 135,940 94,697
Proceeds from sales, maturities and principal reductions of equity securities 1,475 10,339
Purchases of securities held to maturity (83,639)
Purchases of securities available for sale (114,497) (24,039)
Net change in loans held for investment (155,667) (122,314)
Purchases of premises and equipment and other assets (757) (4,389)
Proceeds from sales and distributions of premises and equipment and other assets 68,673 7,102
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale transferred from loans held for investment 30,103
Net cash paid to Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock (1,656) (13)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (97,516) 29,497
Financing Activities
Net change in deposits (616,833) (675,483)
Net change in short-term borrowings (115,907) (2,395)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings 555,941
Payments on long-term borrowings (739,143)
Payments to repurchase common stock (68,196) (19,864)
Dividends paid on common stock (23,174) (22,171)
Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest (4,376) (3,640)
Other, net (2,329) (3,234)
Net cash used in financing activities (1,014,017) (726,787)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1,340,294) (1,061,749)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period 2,370,590 1,916,745
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $ 1,030,296 $ 854,996
Reconciliation of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash to Consolidated Balance Sheets
Cash and due from banks $ 982,488 $ 798,300
Federal funds sold 650 5,650
Assets segregated for regulatory purposes 47,158 51,046
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ 1,030,296 $ 854,996
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest $ 177,550 $ 216,191
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds $ 28,973 $ 10,506
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities
Non-cash distributions from merchant banking investments $ 9,521 $
Conversion of loans to other real estate owned $ 7,216 $ 2,871
Additions to mortgage servicing rights $ 3,114 $ 6,089

See accompanying notes.

​ 8

Table of Contents Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

Nature of Operations

Hilltop Holdings Inc. (“Hilltop” and, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company’s primary line of business is to provide business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas through PlainsCapital Bank (the “Bank”). In addition, the Company provides an array of financial products and services through its broker-dealer and mortgage origination subsidiaries.

The Company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, provides its products and services through two primary business units, PlainsCapital Corporation (“PCC”) and Hilltop Securities Holdings LLC (“Securities Holdings”). PCC is a financial holding company, that provides, through its subsidiaries, traditional banking, wealth and investment management and treasury management services primarily in Texas and residential mortgage lending throughout the United States. Securities Holdings is a holding company that provides, through its subsidiaries, investment banking and other related financial services, including municipal advisory, sales, trading and underwriting of taxable and tax-exempt fixed income securities, clearing, securities lending, structured finance and retail brokerage services throughout the United States.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods presented. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (“2024 Form 10-K”). Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any future period.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates regarding the allowance for credit losses, the fair values of financial instruments, the mortgage loan indemnification liability, and the potential impairment of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are particularly subject to change. The Company has applied its critical accounting policies and estimation methods consistently in all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. Actual amounts and values as of the balance sheet dates may be materially different than the amounts and values reported due to the inherent uncertainty in the estimation process. Also, future amounts and values could differ materially from those estimates due to changes in values and circumstances after the balance sheet date.

Hilltop owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PCC. PCC owns 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and 100% of the membership interest in Hilltop Opportunity Partners LLC, a merchant bank utilized to facilitate investments in companies engaged in non-financial activities. The Bank owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (“PrimeLending”).

PrimeLending owns a 100% membership interest in PrimeLending Ventures Management, LLC (“Ventures Management”), which holds a controlling ownership interest in and is the managing member of certain affiliated business arrangements (“ABAs”).

Hilltop has a 100% membership interest in Securities Holdings, which operates through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hilltop Securities Inc. (“Hilltop Securities”), Momentum Independent Network Inc. (“Momentum Independent Network” and collectively with Hilltop Securities, the “Hilltop Broker-Dealers”) and Hilltop Securities Asset Management, LLC. Hilltop Securities is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Momentum Independent Network is an introducing broker- 9

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

dealer that is also registered with the SEC and FINRA. Hilltop Securities, Momentum Independent Network and Hilltop Securities Asset Management, LLC are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

In addition, Hilltop owns 100% of the membership interest in each of HTH Hillcrest Project LLC and Hilltop Investments I, LLC. Hilltop Investments I, LLC owns 50% of the membership interest in HTH Diamond Hillcrest Land LLC (“Hillcrest Land LLC”) which is consolidated under the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”) Subsections of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). These entities are related to the Hilltop Plaza investment discussed in detail in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K and are collectively referred to as the “Hilltop Plaza Entities.”

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the above-named entities. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Noncontrolling interests have been recorded for minority ownership in entities that are not wholly owned and are presented in compliance with the provisions of Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiary Subsections of the ASC.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, subsequent events were evaluated through the time the financial statements were issued. Financial statements are considered issued when they are widely distributed to all stockholders and other financial statement users, or filed with the SEC.

Significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K.

2. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Adopted In 2025

In August 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2023-05 to require joint ventures to initially measure all contributions received and liabilities assumed upon its formation at fair value. The guidance is applicable to joint venture entities with a formation date on or after January 1, 2025. The Company adopted the provisions of the amendments as of January 1, 2025. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-01 to clarify how an entity should determine whether a profits interest or similar award should be accounted for as a share-based payment arrangement or similar to a cash bonus or profit-sharing arrangement. The amendments are effective in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company adopted the provisions of the amendments as of January 1, 2025. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06 to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of topics, which will allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC's existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the FASB accounting standard codification with the SEC's regulations. The amendments will be effective on the date the SEC removes related disclosure requirements from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K. If by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the applicable disclosure requirements, the pending amendments will not become effective. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company does not expect the future adoption of this amendment to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements since the Company is currently subject to the SEC’s disclosure and presentation requirements under Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 to improve disclosures and presentation requirements to the transparency of the income tax disclosures by requiring consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The amendments are effective in annual 10

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendments, which are not expected to have an impact on its financial condition or results of operations. The Company expects to adopt this guidance in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2025.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, which was further clarified through the issuance of ASU 2025-01 in January 2025, to improve disclosure on an entity’s expenses and provide more detailed information for specific expense categories in the notes to financial statements at interim and annual reporting periods. The amendments are effective in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendments and the impact on its future consolidated statements.

In May 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-03, to improve accounting consistency for the acquisition of a variable interest entity that is a business. The amendments are effective in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendments and the impact on its future consolidated statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

The Company determines fair values in compliance with The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC (the “Fair Value Topic”). The Fair Value Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Fair Value Topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair Value Topic assumes that transactions upon which fair value measurements are based occur in the principal market for the asset or liability being measured. Further, fair value measurements made under the Fair Value Topic exclude transaction costs and are not the result of forced transactions.

The Fair Value Topic includes a fair value hierarchy that classifies fair value measurements based upon the inputs used in valuing the assets or liabilities that are the subject of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, as indicated below.

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can access at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, credit risks and loss severities), and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by market data, among others.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include pricing models and discounted cash flow techniques, among others*.*

​ 11

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Fair Value Option

The Company has elected to measure substantially all of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale and the retained mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) asset at fair value, under the provisions of the Fair Value Option Subsections of the ASC (the “Fair Value Option”). The Company elected to apply the provisions of the Fair Value Option to these items so that it would have the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the aggregate fair value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the Fair Value Option was $889.3 million and $809.8 million, respectively, and the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $869.8 million and $803.0 million, respectively. The interest component of fair value is reported as interest income on loans in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company holds a number of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, either by the application of the Fair Value Option or other authoritative pronouncements. The fair values of those instruments are determined primarily using Level 2 inputs, as further described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K. Those inputs include quotes from mortgage loan investors and derivatives dealers and data from independent pricing services. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using an exit price method.

The following tables present information regarding financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).

**** Level 1 **** Level 2 **** Level 3 **** Total ****
June 30, 2025 Inputs Inputs Inputs Fair Value ****
Trading securities $ 8,615 $ 667,142 $ $ 675,757
Available for sale securities 1,376,428 31,919 1,408,347
Equity securities 4,996 4,996
Loans held for sale 885,913 45,012 930,925
Derivative assets 60,927 60,927
MSR asset 7,887 7,887
Equity investments 4,447 4,447
Securities sold, not yet purchased 43,410 16,356 59,766
Derivative liabilities 29,442 29,442

**** Level 1 **** Level 2 **** Level 3 **** Total
December 31, 2024 Inputs Inputs Inputs Fair Value
Trading securities $ 11,001 $ 510,585 $ 3,330 $ 524,916
Available for sale securities 1,366,733 29,816 1,396,549
Equity securities 297 297
Loans held for sale 761,125 48,657 809,782
Derivative assets 67,821 67,821
MSR asset 5,723 5,723
Equity investments 22,015 22,015
Securities sold, not yet purchased 52,637 4,597 57,234
Derivative liabilities 11,290 11,290

​ 12

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

The following tables include a rollforward for those material financial instruments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs (in thousands).

Total Gains or Losses
(Realized or Unrealized)
**** Balance, **** **** **** Transfers **** **** Included in Other ****
Beginning of Purchases/ Sales/ to (from) Included in Comprehensive Balance,
Period Additions Reductions Level 3 Net Income Income (Loss) End of Period
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
Trading securities $ 666 $ 2,333 $ (2,776) $ $ (223) $ $
Available for sale securities 30,554 928 437 31,919
Loans held for sale 45,360 5,497 (4,860) (985) 45,012
MSR asset 6,903 1,348 (364) 7,887
Equity investments 21,260 (19,540) 2,727 4,447
Total $ 104,743 $ 9,178 $ (27,176) $ $ 2,083 $ 437 $ 89,265
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
Trading securities $ 3,330 $ 2,970 $ (6,218) $ $ (82) $ $
Available for sale securities 29,816 1,666 437 31,919
Loans held for sale 48,657 9,903 (11,594) (1,954) 45,012
MSR asset 5,723 3,114 (950) 7,887
Equity investments 22,015 (26,988) 9,420 4,447
Total $ 109,541 $ 15,987 $ (44,800) $ $ 8,100 $ 437 $ 89,265
Three Months Ended June 30, 2024
Available for sale securities $ 20,814 $ $ $ $ 616 $ (285) $ 21,145
Loans held for sale 51,795 20,765 (11,109) (5,283) 56,168
Loans held for investment 11,211 (11,352) 141
Derivative assets 820 (2,598) 1,778
MSR asset 95,591 2,778 (45,129) (338) 52,902
Equity investments 19,540 19,540
Total $ 199,771 $ 23,543 $ (70,188) $ $ (3,086) $ (285) $ 149,755
Six Months Ended June 30, 2024
Available for sale securities $ 24,418 $ $ (4,702) $ $ 1,251 $ 178 $ 21,145
Loans held for sale 38,036 46,107 (17,185) (10,790) 56,168
Loans held for investment 10,858 (11,352) 494
Derivative assets 820 (2,598) 1,778
MSR asset 96,662 6,089 (45,129) (4,720) 52,902
Equity investments 19,540 19,540
Total $ 190,334 $ 52,196 $ (80,966) $ $ (11,987) $ 178 $ 149,755

All net realized and unrealized gains (losses) in the tables above are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The unrealized gains (losses) relate to financial instruments still held at June 30, 2025.

For material Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows.

Range (Weighted-Average)
Financial Instrument Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Trading securities $ Discounted cash flow Prepayment rate 10 - 12 % ( 11 %)
Available for sale securities 25,274 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 12.38 - 13.50 % 12.75 - 14.00 %
6,645 Recent transaction Recent transaction
Loans held for sale 45,012 Market comparable Projected price 78 - 93 % ( 91 %) 78 - 95 % ( 93 %)
MSR asset 7,887 Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 10.61 % 10.10 %
Discount rate 15.26 % 14.89 %
Equity investments 2,972 Market comparable Market multiple 13.0x 12.5x
Discounted cash flow Discount rate 13.50 %
Market comparable Market multiple 2.0x - 5.4x
1,475 Recent transaction Recent transaction

The fair value of certain trading securities are measured using Level 3 inputs. Periodically, the Bank acquires certain government guaranteed loans under Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lending programs which are later securitized 13

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

into separate securities (“SBA Loans”), including SBA pools and interest only (“IO”) strips. The IO strips are reported at fair value using Level 3 inputs based upon projecting cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate the fair value. Prepayment rates are the most significant unobservable input.

The fair value of certain available for sale securities held by the Company’s merchant bank subsidiary are measured using the income approach with Level 3 inputs. The fair value of certain loans held for investment prior to the sale of such instruments during the second quarter of 2024 by the Company’s merchant bank subsidiary were measured, under the provisions of the Fair Value Option, using the income approach with Level 3 inputs. The fair value of such financial instruments are based upon estimates of expected cash flows using unobservable inputs, including credit spreads derived from comparable securities and benchmark credit curves, and management’s knowledge of underlying collateral.

The fair value of certain loans held for sale that cannot be sold through normal sale channels or are non-performing is measured using Level 3 inputs. The fair value of such loans is generally based upon estimates of expected cash flows using unobservable inputs, including listing prices of comparable assets, uncorroborated expert opinions, and/or management’s knowledge of underlying collateral.

The fair value of certain derivatives held by the Company’s merchant bank subsidiary were measured using Level 3 inputs based upon estimates of expected cash flows using unobservable inputs, including management’s knowledge of underlying collateral prior to the sale of such instruments during the second quarter of 2024.

The MSR asset is reported at fair value, under the provisions of the Fair Value Option, using Level 3 inputs. The MSR asset is valued by projecting net servicing cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate the fair value. The fair value of the MSR asset is impacted by a variety of factors. Prepayment and discount rates, the most significant unobservable inputs, are discussed further in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has elected to measure certain equity investments held by the Company’s merchant bank subsidiary under the provisions of the Fair Value Option using Level 3 inputs to mitigate volatility in reported earnings changes in fair value and better align with merchant bank investment strategy. Changes in fair value are reported within other noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company had no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 during the periods presented. Any transfers are based on changes in the observability and/or significance of the valuation inputs and are assumed to occur at the beginning of the quarterly reporting period in which they occur.

The following tables present the changes in fair value of material instruments recognized in the consolidated statements of operations that are accounted for under the Fair Value Option (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Three Months Ended June 30, 2024
**** Net **** Other **** Total **** Net **** Other **** Total
Gains Noninterest Changes in Gains Noninterest Changes in
(Losses) Income Fair Value (Losses) Income Fair Value
Loans held for sale $ 5,601 $ $ 5,601 $ 8,193 $ $ 8,193
MSR asset (364) (364) (338) (338)
Equity investments 2,727 2,727

Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Six Months Ended June 30, 2024
**** Net **** Other **** Total **** Net **** Other **** Total
Gains Noninterest Changes in Gains Noninterest Changes in
(Losses) Income Fair Value (Losses) Income Fair Value
Loans held for sale $ 12,640 $ $ 12,640 $ (3,123) $ $ (3,123)
Loans held for investment 94 94
MSR asset (950) (950) (4,720) (4,720)
Equity investments 2,972 2,972

​ 14

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Real estate acquired through foreclosure (“OREO”) is recorded at the time of each property’s respective acquisition date using management’s estimate of fair value. The Company determines fair value primarily using independent appraisals of OREO properties, less estimated cost to sell. In addition, facts and circumstances may dictate a fair value measurement when there is evidence of impairment. The resulting fair value measurements are classified as Level 2 inputs. At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the estimated fair value of OREO was $9.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and the underlying fair value measurements utilized Level 2 inputs. The amounts are included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets. During the reported periods, all fair value measurements for OREO subsequent to initial recognition utilized Level 2 inputs. The Company recorded nominal losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and total gains of $0.1 million and $0.3 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, respectively, which represent a change in fair value subsequent to initial recognition of the asset.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value on Recurring or Non-Recurring Basis

The Fair Value of Financial Instruments Subsection of the ASC requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including the financial assets and liabilities previously discussed. There have been no changes to the methods for determining estimated fair value for financial assets and liabilities as described in detail in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K.

The following tables present the carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis (in thousands).

Estimated Fair Value
**** Carrying **** Level 1 **** Level 2 **** Level 3 ****
June 30, 2025 Amount Inputs Inputs Inputs Total
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 983,138 $ 983,138 $ $ $ 983,138
Assets segregated for regulatory purposes 47,158 47,158 47,158
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 93,878 93,878 93,878
Held to maturity securities 771,641 704,035 704,035
Loans held for sale 48,950 6,741 44,155 50,896
Loans held for investment, net 7,963,244 329,440 7,843,386 8,172,826
Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables 1,469,628 1,469,628 1,469,628
Other assets 70,975 70,975 70,975
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 10,391,557 10,384,682 10,384,682
Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables 1,461,683 1,461,683 1,461,683
Short-term borrowings 734,508 734,508 734,508
Debt 148,475 137,715 137,715
Other liabilities 13,843 13,843 13,843

​ 15

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Estimated Fair Value
**** Carrying **** Level 1 **** Level 2 **** Level 3 ****
December 31, 2024 Amount Inputs Inputs Inputs Total
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,299,627 $ 2,299,627 $ $ $ 2,299,627
Assets segregated for regulatory purposes 70,963 70,963 70,963
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 88,728 88,728 88,728
Held to maturity securities 737,899 649,872 649,872
Loans held for sale 48,883 1,436 49,435 50,871
Loans held for investment, net 7,849,435 363,718 7,572,849 7,936,567
Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables 1,452,366 1,452,366 1,452,366
Other assets 69,545 69,545 69,545
Financial liabilities:
Deposits 11,065,322 11,058,234 11,058,234
Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables 1,331,902 1,331,902 1,331,902
Short-term borrowings 834,023 834,023 834,023
Debt 347,667 331,965 331,965
Other liabilities 16,779 16,779 16,779

The Company held equity investments other than securities of $18.1 million and $32.9 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Of the $18.1 million of such equity investments held at June 30, 2025, $1.9 million do not have readily determinable fair values and each is measured at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. The following table presents the adjustments to the carrying value of these investments during the periods presented (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 2025 **** 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 1,958 $ 6,608 $ 1,979 $ 6,608
Impairments and downward adjustments (44) (59) (65) (59)
Balance, end of period $ 1,914 $ 6,549 $ 1,914 $ 6,549

Merchant Bank Transaction

In January 2025, the Company’s merchant bank subsidiary entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the capital stock of Moser Acquisition, Inc to Atlas Energy Solutions Inc. (“Atlas”) for consideration including cash and Atlas common stock. On February 24, 2025, the noted transaction to sell the operations associated with the Company’s approximate 30% aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC, which owns Moser Acquisition, Inc., was consummated. The Company’s aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC included equity investments that were included, and will continue to be included, within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets until liquidation of Moser Holdings, LLC. A preliminary pre-tax gain of $30.5 million ($23.6 million net of tax) was recorded during the first quarter of 2025 based on the Company’s aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC as a component of other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations. During the second quarter of 2025, the Company recorded additional net downward adjustments associated with its aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC and the liquidation of a portion of the Atlas common stock of $3.4 million that resulted in an aggregate preliminary pre-tax gain during 2025 of $27.1 million ($21.0 million net of tax). The preliminary gain is subject to change given customary post-closing adjustments, changes in the market value of the stock consideration included in transaction given certain restrictions, and liquidation of Moser Holdings, LLC.

​ 16

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

4. Securities

The fair value of trading securities is summarized as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
U.S. Treasury securities $ $ 2,553
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 29,769 9,984
Residential mortgage-backed securities 105,982 35,440
Collateralized mortgage obligations 88,495 125,515
Other 48,030 19,877
Corporate debt securities 39,727 60,594
States and political subdivisions 333,817 244,076
Private-label securitized product 14,880 16,208
Other 15,057 10,669
Totals $ 675,757 $ 524,916

In addition to the securities shown above, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers enter into transactions that represent commitments to purchase and deliver securities at prevailing future market prices to facilitate customer transactions and satisfy such commitments. Accordingly, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ ultimate obligations may exceed the amount recognized in the financial statements. These securities, which are carried at fair value and reported as securities sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated balance sheets, had a value of $59.8 million and $57.2 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale and held to maturity securities are summarized as follows (in thousands).

Available **** for Sale
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
June 30, 2025 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities $ 4,994 $ $ (141) $ 4,853
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 81,030 210 (320) 80,920
Residential mortgage-backed securities 415,814 830 (27,451) 389,193
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 233,758 506 (6,190) 228,074
Collateralized mortgage obligations 686,515 427 (44,760) 642,182
Corporate debt securities 31,805 543 (429) 31,919
States and political subdivisions 34,452 34 (3,280) 31,206
Totals $ 1,488,368 $ 2,550 $ (82,571) $ 1,408,347

Available **** for Sale
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
December 31, 2024 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities $ 4,991 $ $ (229) $ 4,762
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 112,293 214 (639) 111,868
Residential mortgage-backed securities 379,651 35 (38,500) 341,186
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 226,326 161 (6,160) 220,327
Collateralized mortgage obligations 710,663 328 (53,391) 657,600
Corporate debt securities 30,139 215 (538) 29,816
States and political subdivisions 34,352 10 (3,372) 30,990
Totals $ 1,498,415 $ 963 $ (102,829) $ 1,396,549

​ 17

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Held to **** Maturity
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
June 30, 2025 **** Cost **** Gains **** Losses **** Fair Value
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds $ 10,000 $ $ (4) $ 9,996
Residential mortgage-backed securities 264,455 210 (23,073) 241,592
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 138,382 297 (7,490) 131,189
Collateralized mortgage obligations 280,673 269 (30,888) 250,054
States and political subdivisions 78,131 22 (6,949) 71,204
Totals $ 771,641 $ 798 $ (68,404) $ 704,035

Held to Maturity
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
December 31, 2024 **** Cost **** Gains **** Losses **** Fair Value
U.S. government agencies:
Residential mortgage-backed securities $ 255,880 $ $ (31,621) $ 224,259
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 147,696 (10,688) 137,008
Collateralized mortgage obligations 257,230 (38,269) 218,961
States and political subdivisions 77,093 32 (7,481) 69,644
Totals $ 737,899 $ 32 $ (88,059) $ 649,872

Additionally, the Company had unrealized net losses of $0.3 million and unrealized net gains of $0.2 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, from equity securities with fair values of $5.0 million and $0.3 million held at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Company recognized net losses of $0.4 million and $0.1 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, and recognized net losses of $0.4 million and $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, due to changes in the fair value of equity securities still held at the balance sheet date. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company recorded losses of $0.1 million on sales of equity securities, while during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, net gains recognized from equity securities sold were nominal.

​ 18

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Information regarding available for sale and held to maturity securities that were in an unrealized loss position is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
**** Number of **** **** Unrealized **** Number of **** **** Unrealized
Securities Fair Value Losses Securities Fair Value Losses
Available for Sale
U.S. treasury securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months $ $ $ $
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 1 4,853 141 1 4,762 229
1 4,853 141 1 4,762 229
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 1 4,991 6 5 32,699 54
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 13 48,387 314 14 63,719 585
14 53,378 320 19 96,418 639
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 2 868 10 20 56,122 1,384
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 120 274,931 27,441 107 283,691 37,116
122 275,799 27,451 127 339,813 38,500
Commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 3 22,884 70 3 34,539 70
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 18 189,231 6,120 20 197,203 6,090
21 212,115 6,190 23 231,742 6,160
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 2 9,944 146
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 130 585,196 44,760 132 629,089 53,245
130 585,196 44,760 134 639,033 53,391
Corporate debt securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 1 9,271 538
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 1 9,073 429
1 9,073 429 1 9,271 538
States and political subdivisions:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 1 195 4 1,919 9
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 47 23,481 3,280 52 24,916 3,363
48 23,676 3,280 56 26,835 3,372
Total available for sale:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 7 28,938 86 35 144,494 2,201
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 330 1,135,152 82,485 326 1,203,380 100,628
337 $ 1,164,090 $ 82,571 361 $ 1,347,874 $ 102,829

​ 19

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
**** Number of **** **** Unrealized **** Number of **** **** Unrealized
Securities Fair Value Losses Securities Fair Value Losses
Held to Maturity
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 1 $ 9,996 $ 4 $ $
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer
1 9,996 4
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 45 221,252 23,073 45 224,258 31,621
45 221,252 23,073 45 224,258 31,621
Commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 22 116,572 7,490 26 137,009 10,688
22 116,572 7,490 26 137,009 10,688
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 52 213,873 30,888 53 218,961 38,269
52 213,873 30,888 53 218,961 38,269
States and political subdivisions:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 2 2,944 41 8 4,305 24
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 169 62,665 6,908 169 62,113 7,457
171 65,609 6,949 177 66,418 7,481
Total held to maturity:
Unrealized loss for less than twelve months 3 12,940 45 8 4,305 24
Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer 288 614,362 68,359 293 642,341 88,035
291 $ 627,302 $ 68,404 301 $ 646,646 $ 88,059

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. The amortized cost and fair value of securities, excluding trading and equity securities, at June 30, 2025 are shown by contractual maturity below (in thousands).

Available for Sale Held **** to Maturity
**** Amortized **** **** Amortized ****
Cost Fair Value **** Cost Fair Value
Due in one year or less $ 26,645 $ 26,532 $ $
Due after one year through five years 47,143 47,234 15,700 15,404
Due after five years through ten years 39,603 38,473 53,039 48,972
Due after ten years 38,890 36,659 19,392 16,824
152,281 148,898 88,131 81,200
Residential mortgage-backed securities 415,814 389,193 264,455 241,592
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 233,758 228,074 138,382 131,189
Collateralized mortgage obligations 686,515 642,182 280,673 250,054
$ 1,488,368 $ 1,408,347 $ 771,641 $ 704,035

The Company recognized net gains of $6.9 million and $12.4 million from its trading portfolio during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and net gains of $14.6 million and $20.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In addition, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers realized net gains from structured product trading activities of $12.8 million and $8.1 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and net gains from structured product trading activities of $22.4 million and $40.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company had no other realized gains and losses on securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. All such realized gains and losses are recorded as a component of other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations.

Securities with a carrying amount of $588.1 million and $563.9 million (with a fair value of $548.7 million and $520.0 million, respectively) at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, were pledged by the Bank to secure public 20

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

and trust deposits, federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. Substantially all of these pledged securities were included in the available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations consist primarily of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) pass-through and participation certificates. GNMA securities are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States, while FNMA and FHLMC securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

5. Loans Held for Investment

The Bank originates loans to customers primarily in Texas. Although the Bank has diversified loan and leasing portfolios and, generally, holds collateral against amounts advanced to customers, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is substantially dependent upon the general economic conditions of the region and of the industries in which its debtors operate, which consist primarily of real estate (including construction and land development), wholesale/retail trade, agribusiness and energy. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers make loans to customers and correspondents through transactions originated by both employees and independent retail representatives throughout the United States. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers control risk by requiring customers to maintain collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines, which may vary based upon market conditions. Securities owned by customers and held as collateral for loans are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

Loans held for investment summarized by portfolio segment are as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 2,015,023 $ 1,921,691
Owner occupied 1,481,362 1,435,945
Commercial and industrial 1,511,369 1,541,940
Construction and land development 853,201 866,245
1-4 family residential 1,840,282 1,792,602
Consumer 30,527 28,410
Broker-dealer ^(1)^ 329,440 363,718
8,061,204 7,950,551
Allowance for credit losses (97,961) (101,116)
Total loans held for investment, net of allowance $ 7,963,243 $ 7,849,435
(1) Primarily represents margin loans to customers and correspondents associated with broker-dealer segment operations.
--- ---

Past Due Loans and Nonaccrual Loans

An analysis of the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio is shown in the following tables (in thousands).

**** **** **** **** **** **** **** Accruing Loans
Loans Past Due Total Past Current Total Past Due
June 30, 2025 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90 Days or More Due Loans Loans Loans 90 Days or More
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 1,614 $ $ 5 $ 1,619 $ 2,013,404 $ 2,015,023 $
Owner occupied 15,643 92 3,914 19,649 1,461,713 1,481,362
Commercial and industrial 4,472 131 20,208 24,811 1,486,558 1,511,369
Construction and land development 2,039 3,025 5,064 848,137 853,201
1-4 family residential 3,674 1,504 3,901 9,079 1,831,203 1,840,282
Consumer 134 16 150 30,377 30,527
Broker-dealer 329,440 329,440
$ 27,576 $ 1,743 $ 31,053 $ 60,372 $ 8,000,832 $ 8,061,204 $

​ 21

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

**** **** **** **** **** **** **** Accruing Loans
Loans Past Due Total Past Current Total Past Due
December 31, 2024 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90 Days or More Due Loans Loans Loans 90 Days or More
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 1,095 $ 361 $ 5,012 $ 6,468 $ 1,915,223 $ 1,921,691 $
Owner occupied 3,549 124 3,869 7,542 1,428,403 1,435,945
Commercial and industrial 2,488 7,179 23,101 32,768 1,509,172 1,541,940 43
Construction and land development 3,329 2,484 5,813 860,432 866,245
1-4 family residential 8,404 1,387 3,892 13,683 1,778,919 1,792,602
Consumer 174 1 175 28,235 28,410
Broker-dealer 363,718 363,718
$ 19,039 $ 9,052 $ 38,358 $ 66,449 $ 7,884,102 $ 7,950,551 $ 43

In addition to the loans shown in the tables above, PrimeLending had $24.2 million and $22.0 million of loans included in loans held for sale (with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $24.8 million and $22.9 million, respectively) at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and PlainsCapital Bank had $4.2 million of loans included in loans held for sale (with an unpaid principal balance of $3.9 million) that were 90 days past due and accruing interest at June 30, 2025. These loans are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and include loans that are subject to repurchase, or have been repurchased, by PrimeLending.

The following table provides details associated with non-accrual loans, excluding those classified as held for sale (in thousands).

Non-accrual Loans
June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 Interest Income Recognized
With With No With With No Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
Allowance **** Allowance **** Total **** Allowance **** Allowance **** Total **** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 364 $ 3,743 $ 4,107 $ 396 $ 6,770 $ 7,166 $ 10 $ 317 $ 64 $ 1,511
Owner occupied 4,075 2,354 6,429 4,434 1,658 6,092 670 763
Commercial and industrial 19,272 21,718 40,990 29,914 29,111 59,025 88 461 195 563
Construction and land development 3,469 3,469 475 2,330 2,805 56 20 58 62
1-4 family residential 560 11,917 12,477 1,526 7,804 9,330 207 579 434 1,072
Consumer
Broker-dealer
$ 24,271 $ 43,201 $ 67,472 $ 36,745 $ 47,673 $ 84,418 $ 361 $ 2,047 $ 751 $ 3,971

At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, $5.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of real estate loans secured by residential properties and classified as held for sale were in non-accrual status.

As shown in the table above, loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis decreased from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025 by $16.9 million. The change in non-accrual loans was primarily due to decreases in commercial and industrial loans of $18.0 million and commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans of $3.1 million, partially offset by an increase in 1-4 family residential loans of $3.1 million. The decrease in commercial and industrial loans in non-accrual status since December 31, 2024 was primarily due to principal paydowns and the reclassification of a single non-accrual loan from commercial and industrial loans to commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans. The decrease in commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans in non-accrual status since December 31, 2024 was primarily due to the foreclosure of two properties within the office and multifamily industry subsector, partially offset by the addition of loans with an aggregate loan balance of $1.4 million. The increase in 1-4 family residential loans in non-accrual status since December 31, 2024 was primarily due to the addition of loans with an aggregate loan balance of $4.0 million, partially offset by principal paydowns.

For non-accrual loans that are considered to be collateral-dependent, the Company has implemented the practical expedient to measure the allowance using the fair value of the collateral. For non-accrual loans that are not collateral dependent, the Company measures the allowance based on discounted expected cash flows.

​ 22

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Loan Modifications

Loan modifications are typically structured to create affordable payments for the debtor and can be achieved in a variety of ways. The Bank modifies loans by reducing interest rates and/or lengthening loan amortization schedules.

The following table presents the amortized cost basis of the loans held for investment modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty grouped by portfolio segment and type of modification granted during the periods presented (in thousands).

Total
Combination Modifications as a
Interest Rate Term Principal Payment Term Extension and % of Portfolio
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Reduction Extension Forgiveness Delay Rate Reduction Segment
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ $ 2,499 $ $ $ 0.1 %
Owner occupied 408 0.0 %
Commercial and industrial 10,913 0.7 %
Construction and land development 327 0.0 %
1-4 family residential 724 0.0 %
Consumer %
Broker-dealer %
Total $ $ 14,871 $ $ $ 0.2 %

Total
Combination Modifications as a
Interest Rate Term Principal Payment Term Extension and % of Portfolio
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Reduction Extension Forgiveness Delay Rate Reduction Segment
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ $ 2,499 $ $ $ 0.1 %
Owner occupied 3,559 0.2 %
Commercial and industrial 11,704 423 0.8 %
Construction and land development 327 0.0 %
1-4 family residential 835 0.0 %
Consumer %
Broker-dealer %
Total $ $ 18,924 $ $ $ 423 0.2 %

Total
Combination Modifications as a
Interest Rate Term Principal Payment Term Extension and % of Portfolio
Three Months Ended June 30, 2024 Reduction Extension Forgiveness Delay Rate Reduction Segment
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ $ $ $ $ %
Owner occupied 126 0.0 %
Commercial and industrial 13,166 481 0.8 %
Construction and land development %
1-4 family residential 479 0.0 %
Consumer %
Broker-dealer %
Total $ $ 13,771 $ $ $ 481 0.2 %

Total
Combination Modifications as a
Interest Rate Term Principal Payment Term Extension and % of Portfolio
Six Months Ended June 30, 2024 Reduction Extension Forgiveness Delay Rate Reduction Segment
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ $ $ $ $ %
Owner occupied 522 3,882 0.3 %
Commercial and industrial 13,525 155 481 0.8 %
Construction and land development 11 1,752 0.2 %
1-4 family residential 479 0.0 %
Consumer %
Broker-dealer %
Total $ $ 14,537 $ $ 5,789 $ 481 0.3 %

23

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

For those loans held for investment modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the last twelve months, the following table provides aging and non-accrual details grouped by portfolio segment (in thousands).

Modified Loans Past Due Total Modified Modified
June 30, 2025 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90 Days or More Past Due Loans Non-accrual Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 1,043 $ $ $ 1,043 $ 333
Owner occupied 7 52 59 150
Commercial and industrial 1,231 1,231 20,555
Construction and land development
1-4 family residential 748
Consumer
Broker-dealer
Total $ 1,043 $ 7 $ 1,283 $ 2,333 $ 21,786

Modified Loans Past Due Total Modified Modified
December 31, 2024 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90 Days or More Past Due Loans Non-accrual Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ $ 361 $ $ 361 $ 361
Owner occupied 86 8 94 94
Commercial and industrial 752 752 31,686
Construction and land development
1-4 family residential 26
Consumer
Broker-dealer
Total $ 838 $ 361 $ 8 $ 1,207 $ 32,167

The above tables that present aging and non-accrual details exclude $2.1 million and $1.7 million of commercial and industrial loans that were modified and subsequently charged-off during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively.

The following tables present the financial effects of the loans held for investment modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the periods presented (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
Weighted-Average Weighted-Average Weighted-Average Weighted-Average
Interest Rate Term Extension Interest Rate Term Extension
Reduction (in months) Reduction (in months)
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied % 10 % 10
Owner occupied % 21 % 10
Commercial and industrial % 18 1.3 % 18
Construction and land development % 11 % 11
1-4 family residential % 11 % 11
Consumer % %
Broker-dealer % %
Total % 16 1.3 % 15

Three Months Ended June 30, 2024 Six Months Ended June 30, 2024
Weighted-Average Weighted-Average Weighted-Average Weighted-Average
Interest Rate Term Extension Interest Rate Term Extension
Reduction (in months) Reduction (in months)
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied % %
Owner occupied % 23 % 16
Commercial and industrial 0.5 % 12 0.5 % 12
Construction and land development % % 15
1-4 family residential % 8 % 8
Consumer % %
Broker-dealer % %
Total 0.5 % 12 0.5 % 12

24

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Credit Risk Profile

Management tracks credit quality trends on a quarterly basis related to: (i) past due levels, (ii) non-performing asset levels, (iii) classified loan levels, and (iv) general economic conditions in state and local markets. The Company defines classified loans as loans with a risk rating of substandard, doubtful or loss. There have been no changes to the risk rating internal grades utilized for commercial loans as described in detail in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K.

The following table presents loans held for investment grouped by asset class and credit quality indicator, segregated by year of origination or renewal (in thousands).

Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year Loans
2020 and Converted to
June 30, 2025 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Revolving Term Loans Total
Commercial real estate: non-owner occupied
Internal Grade 1-3 (Pass low risk) $ 40,203 $ 39,083 $ 2,385 $ 27,936 $ 82,845 $ 10,521 $ 942 $ $ 203,915
Internal Grade 4-7 (Pass normal risk) 159,868 211,349 68,492 236,315 227,346 103,382 11,761 11,170 1,029,683
Internal Grade 8-11 (Pass high risk and watch) 82,677 111,767 169,392 117,714 75,857 122,174 11,121 15,560 706,262
Internal Grade 12 (Special mention) 46,756 46,756
Internal Grade 13 (Substandard accrual) 2,499 12,024 1,956 7,462 359 24,300
Internal Grade 14 (Substandard non-accrual) 739 333 5 1,267 1,360 403 4,107
Current period gross charge-offs 918 918
Commercial real estate: owner occupied
Internal Grade 1-3 (Pass low risk) $ 18,649 $ 26,491 $ 17,969 $ 6,975 $ 19,905 $ 41,203 $ 9,259 $ 11,512 $ 151,963
Internal Grade 4-7 (Pass normal risk) 93,570 118,511 118,159 108,418 178,688 203,531 21,041 8,969 850,887
Internal Grade 8-11 (Pass high risk and watch) 63,888 54,618 35,551 97,926 49,313 106,524 12,080 502 420,402
Internal Grade 12 (Special mention) 2,100 927 8,720 11,747
Internal Grade 13 (Substandard accrual) 2,015 9,095 2,037 6,992 9,350 10,445 39,934
Internal Grade 14 (Substandard non-accrual) 1,242 445 566 4,176 6,429
Current period gross charge-offs
Commercial and industrial
Internal Grade 1-3 (Pass low risk) $ 9,733 $ 46,906 $ 8,588 $ 7,213 $ 12,856 $ 6,669 $ 11,573 $ $ 103,538
Internal Grade 4-7 (Pass normal risk) 66,636 49,206 19,335 42,482 47,969 26,300 293,271 12,234 557,433
Internal Grade 8-11 (Pass high risk and watch) 87,062 99,937 39,544 40,576 24,627 14,732 190,083 4,940 501,501
Internal Grade 12 (Special mention) 26 1,232 216 1,474
Internal Grade 13 (Substandard accrual) 705 2,880 3,188 1,356 3,003 451 8,235 5,794 25,612
Internal Grade 14 (Substandard non-accrual) 633 9,314 4,954 5,743 1,248 128 96 18,874 40,990
Current period gross charge-offs 43 160 156 14 2,138 1,664 4,175
Construction and land development
Internal Grade 1-3 (Pass low risk) $ 3,438 $ 3,918 $ $ 48 $ 819 $ 99 $ $ $ 8,322
Internal Grade 4-7 (Pass normal risk) 108,625 168,249 144,881 21,816 7,678 6,936 7,411 465,596
Internal Grade 8-11 (Pass high risk and watch) 94,609 156,122 63,117 24,028 4,522 3,108 3,690 349,196
Internal Grade 12 (Special mention)
Internal Grade 13 (Substandard accrual) 1,528 8,411 1,341 145 11,425
Internal Grade 14 (Substandard non-accrual) 256 2,937 277 (1) 3,469
Current period gross charge-offs 184 85 269
Construction and land development - individuals
FICO less than 620 $ (2) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (2)
FICO between 620 and 720 238 1,027 791 2,056
FICO greater than 720 3,404 9,338 116 12,858
Substandard non-accrual
Other ^(1)^ 281 281
Current period gross charge-offs
1-4 family residential
FICO less than 620 $ 2,528 $ 458 $ 609 $ 1,121 $ 420 $ 17,426 $ 186 $ $ 22,748
FICO between 620 and 720 37,527 32,176 17,761 14,022 11,903 28,658 2,566 462 145,075
FICO greater than 720 101,975 146,456 103,717 459,424 633,643 130,865 2,824 414 1,579,318
Substandard non-accrual 724 2,123 274 396 1,097 7,863 12,477
Other ^(1)^ 28,695 28,603 12,689 5,108 4,077 1,242 250 80,664
Current period gross charge-offs

25

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year Loans
2020 and Converted to
June 30, 2025 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Revolving Term Loans Total
Consumer
FICO less than 620 $ 542 $ 683 $ 87 $ 80 $ 13 $ 44 $ 342 $ 5 $ 1,796
FICO between 620 and 720 2,233 1,270 785 518 57 58 2,092 14 7,027
FICO greater than 720 4,638 2,405 1,078 1,152 287 39 3,267 18 12,884
Substandard non-accrual
Other ^(1)^ 4,919 3,008 249 229 56 7 352 8,820
Current period gross charge-offs 63 50 34 4 11 162
Total loans with credit quality measures $ 1,025,996 $ 1,361,524 $ 839,373 $ 1,291,938 $ 1,395,544 $ 852,200 $ 593,650 $ 90,718 $ 7,450,943
Commercial and industrial (mortgage warehouse lending) $ 280,821
Broker-dealer (margin loans and correspondent receivables) $ 329,440
Total loans held for investment $ 8,061,204

(1)    Loans classified in this category were assigned a FICO score for credit modeling purposes.

6. Allowance for Credit Losses

Available for Sale Securities and Held to Maturity Securities

The Company has evaluated available for sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position and has determined that any decline in value is unrelated to credit loss and related to changes in market interest rates since purchase. None of the available for sale debt securities held were past due at June 30, 2025. In addition, as of June 30, 2025, the Company had not made a decision to sell any of its debt securities held, nor did the Company consider it more likely than not that it would be required to sell such securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. The Company does not expect to have credit losses associated with the debt securities, and no allowance was recognized on the debt securities portfolio.

Loans Held for Investment

The allowance for credit losses for loans held for investment represents management’s best estimate of all expected credit losses over the expected contractual life of the Company’s existing portfolio. Management’s methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses uses the current expected credit losses (“CECL”) standard. Management considers the level of allowance for credit losses to be a reasonable and supportable estimate of expected credit losses inherent within the loans held for investment portfolio as of June 30, 2025. While the Company believes it has an appropriate allowance for the existing loan portfolio at June 30, 2025, additional provision for losses on existing loans may be necessary in the future. Future changes in the allowance for credit losses are expected to be volatile given dependence upon, among other things, the portfolio composition and quality, as well as changes in macroeconomic forecasts and loan cash flow assumptions. In addition to the allowance for credit losses, the Company maintains a separate allowance for credit losses related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments, and this amount is included in other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets. For further information on the policies that govern the estimation of the allowances for credit losses levels, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Company’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To determine the Company’s best estimate of expected credit losses as of June 30, 2025, the Company utilized a single macroeconomic scenario, the baseline forecast, published by Moody’s Analytics in June 2025 that was updated to reflect the U.S. economic outlook. During our previous macroeconomic assessment as of March 31, 2025, we utilized a single macroeconomic alternative scenario, or S5, published by Moody’s Analytics in March 2025. The baseline economic scenario expects economic growth to remain weak in the near term, though a recession is avoided. In this scenario, tariffs remain materially higher than in 2024 and weigh on the economy’s growth. Significant variables that impact the modeled losses across the Company’s loan portfolios are the U.S. Real Gross Domestic Product, or GDP, growth rates and unemployment rate assumptions. Changes in these assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect the estimate of expected credit losses at the balance sheet date or between reporting periods.

During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the reversal of credit losses was primarily driven by changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans, loan portfolio changes and net charge-offs, partially offset 26

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

by a build in the allowance related to specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, within the banking segment, since the prior quarter. The provision for credit losses during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was primarily driven by a build in the allowance related to loan portfolio changes and specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, partially offset by net charge-offs and changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans. Specific to the Bank, the net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included a provision for credit losses of $1.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively, while collectively evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included a reversal of credit losses of $9.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The changes in the allowance for credit losses during the noted periods were primarily attributable to the Bank and also reflected other factors including, but not limited to, the change in economic scenario, loan mix, and changes in loan balances and qualitative factors from the prior quarter. The changes in the allowance during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 were also impacted by net charge-offs of $0.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses reflected a build in the allowance related to specific reserves and loan portfolio changes within the banking segment since the prior quarter, slightly offset by improvements to the U.S. economic outlook. Specific to the Bank, the net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 included a provision for credit losses of $8.0 million and $12.1 million, respectively, while the net impact to the allowance of changes associated with collectively evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 included a provision for credit losses of $3.0 million and a reversal of credit losses of $4.0 million, respectively. The changes in the allowance for credit losses during the noted periods were primarily attributable to the Bank and also reflected other factors including, but not limited to, loan mix, and changes in loan balances and qualitative factors from the prior quarter. The changes in the allowance during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 were also impacted by net charge-offs of $0.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for loans held for investment, distributed by portfolio segment, are shown below (in thousands).

**** Balance, **** Provision for **** **** Recoveries on **** Balance,
Beginning of (Reversal of) Loans Charged Off End of
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Period Credit Losses Charged Off Loans Period
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 34,703 $ (6,866) $ $ $ 27,837
Owner occupied 35,370 (1,226) 10 34,154
Commercial and industrial 23,350 258 (743) 150 23,015
Construction and land development 7,291 319 (269) 7,341
1-4 family residential 4,988 57 12 5,057
Consumer 479 115 (95) 39 538
Broker-dealer 16 3 19
Total $ 106,197 $ (7,340) $ (1,107) $ 211 $ 97,961

**** Balance, **** Provision for **** **** Recoveries on **** Balance,
Beginning of (Reversal of) Loans Charged Off End of
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Period Credit Losses Charged Off Loans Period
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 29,310 $ (555) $ (918) $ $ 27,837
Owner occupied 33,112 1,024 18 34,154
Commercial and industrial 25,609 1,310 (4,175) 271 23,015
Construction and land development 7,161 449 (269) 7,341
1-4 family residential 5,327 (290) 20 5,057
Consumer 547 91 (162) 62 538
Broker-dealer 50 (31) 19
Total $ 101,116 $ 1,998 $ (5,524) $ 371 $ 97,961

​ 27

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

**** Balance, **** Provision for **** **** Recoveries on **** Balance,
Beginning of (Reversal of) Loans Charged Off End of
Three Months Ended June 30, 2024 Period Credit Losses Charged Off Loans Period
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 39,563 $ (2,242) $ $ $ 37,321
Owner occupied 28,737 4,029 6 32,772
Commercial and industrial 16,552 12,480 (615) 452 28,869
Construction and land development 10,008 (2,415) 1 7,594
1-4 family residential 8,744 (924) (1) 93 7,912
Consumer 544 22 (65) 46 547
Broker-dealer 83 (16) 67
Total $ 104,231 $ 10,934 $ (681) $ 598 $ 115,082

**** Balance, **** Provision for **** **** Recoveries on **** Balance,
Beginning of (Reversal of) Loans Charged Off End of
Six Months Ended June 30, 2024 Period Credit Losses Charged Off Loans Period
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 40,061 $ (1,093) $ (1,647) $ $ 37,321
Owner occupied 28,114 4,643 15 32,772
Commercial and industrial 20,926 10,747 (3,598) 794 28,869
Construction and land development 12,102 (4,510) 2 7,594
1-4 family residential 9,461 (1,652) (1) 104 7,912
Consumer 648 (38) (146) 83 547
Broker-dealer 101 (34) 67
Total $ 111,413 $ 8,063 $ (5,392) $ 998 $ 115,082

Unfunded Loan Commitments

The Bank uses a process similar to that used in estimating the allowance for credit losses on the funded portion to estimate the allowance for credit loss on unfunded loan commitments. The allowance is based on the estimated exposure at default, multiplied by the lifetime Probability of Default grade and Loss Given Default grade for that particular loan segment. The Bank estimates expected losses by calculating a commitment usage factor based on industry usage factors. The commitment usage factor is applied over the relevant contractual period. Loss factors from the underlying loans to which commitments are related are applied to the results of the usage calculation to estimate any liability for credit losses related for each loan type. The expected losses on unfunded commitments align with statistically calculated parameters used to calculate the allowance for credit losses on the funded portion. There is no reserve calculated for letters of credit as they are issued primarily as credit enhancements and the likelihood of funding is low.

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for loans with off-balance sheet credit exposures are shown below (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 **** 2024 2025 **** 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 7,953 $ 8,296 $ 7,918 $ 8,876
Other noninterest expense 1,161 289 1,196 (291)
Balance, end of period $ 9,114 $ 8,585 $ 9,114 $ 8,585

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the increases in the reserve for unfunded commitments were primarily due to increases in commitment balances. During the three months ended June 30, 2024, the increase in the reserve for unfunded commitments was primarily due to an increase in expected loss rates, while the decrease in the reserve for unfunded commitments during the six months ended June 30, 2024 was primarily due to decreases in commitment balances.

​ 28

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

7. Mortgage Servicing Rights

The following tables present the changes in fair value of the Company’s MSR asset and other information related to the serviced portfolio (dollars in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, **** Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024 **** 2025 2024 ****
Balance, beginning of period $ 6,903 $ 95,591 $ 5,723 $ 96,662
Additions 1,348 2,778 3,114 6,089
Sales (45,129) (45,129)
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in model inputs or assumptions ^(1)^ (247) 986 (764) (2,008)
Due to customer payoffs (117) (1,324) (186) (2,712)
Balance, end of period $ 7,887 $ 52,902 $ 7,887 $ 52,902
June 30, December 31,
2025 2024
Mortgage loans serviced for others ^(2)^ $ 535,878 $ 358,880
MSR asset as a percentage of serviced mortgage loans 1.47 % 1.59 %
(1) Primarily represents normal customer payments, the impact of changes in interest rates, changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, and the refinement of other MSR model assumptions.
--- ---
(2) Represents unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans serviced for others.
--- ---

The key assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s MSR asset were as follows.

​<br><br>​
June 30, December 31,
2025 2024
Weighted average constant prepayment rate 10.61 % 10.10 %
Weighted average discount rate 15.26 % 14.89 %
Weighted average life (in years) 7.5 7.8

A sensitivity analysis of the fair value of the Company’s MSR asset to certain key assumptions is presented in the following table (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Constant prepayment rate:
Impact of 10% adverse change $ (327) $ (220)
Impact of 20% adverse change (632) (426)
Discount rate:
Impact of 10% adverse change (403) (294)
Impact of 20% adverse change (764) (557)

This sensitivity analysis presents the effect of hypothetical changes in key assumptions on the fair value of the MSR asset. The effect of such hypothetical change in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset is not linear. In addition, in the analysis, the impact of an adverse change in one key assumption is calculated independent of any impact on other assumptions. In reality, changes in one assumption may change another assumption.

Contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees earned of $0.6 million and $8.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $1.6 million and $16.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were included in net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income within the consolidated statements of operations.

​ 29

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

8. Deposits

Deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Noninterest-bearing demand $ 2,790,958 $ 2,768,707
Interest-bearing:
Demand accounts 3,782,017 4,218,225
Brokered - demand 4,722
Money market 2,332,536 2,592,508
Brokered - money market 15,242 10,451
Savings 228,824 221,667
Time 1,241,980 1,249,042
$ 10,391,557 $ 11,065,322

At June 30, 2025, time deposits in denominations that exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 were $602.6 million.

9. Short-term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31, ****
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Federal funds purchased $ 243,358 $ 407,058
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 187,922 198,418
Federal Home Loan Bank
Short-term bank loans 59,000
Commercial paper 244,228 228,547
$ 734,508 $ 834,023

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature one to ninety days from the transaction date, on demand, or on some other short-term basis. The Bank and the Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute transactions to sell securities under agreements to repurchase with both customers and other broker-dealers. Securities involved in these transactions are held by the Bank, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers or a third-party dealer.

Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

**** Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024 ****
Average balance during the period $ 523,937 $ 729,891
Average interest rate during the period 4.47 % 5.50 %
June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Average interest rate at end of period 4.59 % 5.06 %
Securities underlying the agreements at end of period:
Carrying value $ 187,654 $ 198,174
Estimated fair value $ 211,731 $ 214,538

​ 30

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)

FHLB short-term borrowings mature over terms not exceeding 365 days and are collateralized by FHLB Dallas stock, nonspecified real estate loans and certain specific commercial real estate loans. Other information regarding FHLB short-term borrowings is shown in the following table (dollars in thousands).

Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
Average balance during the period $ $
Average interest rate during the period 4.68 % 5.71 %

Short-Term Bank Loans

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers use short-term bank loans periodically to finance securities owned, margin loans to customers and correspondents, and underwriting activities. Interest on the borrowings varies with the federal funds rate. At June 30, 2025, Hilltop Securities had credit arrangements with two unaffiliated banks, with maximum aggregate commitments of up to $425.0 million. These credit arrangements are used to finance securities owned, securities held for correspondent accounts, receivables in customer margin accounts and underwriting activities. These credit arrangements are provided on an “as offered” basis and are not committed lines of credit. In addition, Hilltop Securities has committed revolving credit facilities with two unaffiliated banks, with aggregate availability of up to $125.0 million. At June 30, 2025, Hilltop Securities had $59.0 million in borrowings under its credit arrangements and had no borrowings under its credit facilities. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings at June 30, 2025 was 5.50%.

Commercial Paper

Hilltop Securities uses the net proceeds (after deducting related issuance expenses) from the sale of two commercial paper programs for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the funding of a portion of its securities inventories. The commercial paper notes (“CP Notes”) may be issued with maturities of 14 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are issued under two separate programs. The Series 2019-2 CP Notes are issued in maximum aggregate amounts of $200 million. The CP Series 2024-1 CP Notes were initiated in December 2024 with the first issuances under this new program occurring in the first quarter of 2025. With these first issuances, there were no future issuances allowed under the Series 2019-1 CP Notes program. Until the final maturity of the Series 2019-1 CP Notes, expected in October 2025, the Series 2019-1 and Series 2024-1 CP notes are managed as a single program with a maximum aggregate amount of $300 million. The CP Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment and do not bear interest, but are sold at a discount to par. The CP Notes are secured by a pledge of collateral owned by Hilltop Securities.

As of June 30, 2025, the weighted average maturity of the CP Notes was 139 days at a rate of 4.96%, with a weighted average remaining life of 69 days. At June 30, 2025, the aggregate amount outstanding under these secured arrangements was $244.2 million, which was collateralized by securities held for Hilltop Securities accounts valued at $267.0 million.

​ 31

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

10. Notes Payable

Notes payable consisted of the following (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Senior Notes paid off January 2025, net of discount of $295 at December 31, 2024 $ $ 149,705
Subordinated Notes paid off May 2025, net of discount of $405 at December 31, 2024 49,596
Subordinated Notes due May 2035, net of discount of $1,525 and $1,634, respectively 148,475 148,366
$ 148,475 $ 347,667

On January 15, 2025 (the “Senior Notes Redemption Date”), Hilltop redeemed, at its election, all of its outstanding Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of $150 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Senior Notes Redemption Date using cash on hand, which also satisfied and discharged the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

On May 15, 2025 (the “2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date”), Hilltop redeemed, at its election, all of its outstanding 5.75% Subordinated Notes due 2030 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of $50 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the 2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date using cash on hand, which also satisfied and discharged the Company’s obligations under the 2030 Subordinated Notes and the First Supplemental Indenture.

11. Leases

Supplemental balance sheet information related to finance leases is as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
2025 2024
Finance leases:
Premises and equipment $ 4,780 $ 4,780
Accumulated depreciation (4,209) (4,042)
Premises and equipment, net $ 571 $ 738

The components of lease costs, including short-term lease costs, are as follows (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024 2025 2024
Operating lease cost $ 7,905 $ 8,423 $ 16,141 $ 16,984
Less operating lease and sublease income (454) (670) (906) (1,351)
Net operating lease cost $ 7,451 $ 7,753 $ 15,235 $ 15,633
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of ROU assets $ 84 $ 147 $ 167 $ 295
Interest on lease liabilities 72 90 148 185
Total finance lease cost $ 156 $ 237 $ 315 $ 480

​ 32

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows (in thousands).

Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 16,634 $ 17,262
Operating cash flows from finance leases 151 188
Financing cash flows from finance leases 292 462
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases $ 9,698 $ 18,307
Finance leases

Information regarding the lease terms and discount rates of the Company’s leases is as follows.

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Weighted Average Weighted Average
Remaining Lease Weighted Average Remaining Lease Weighted Average
Lease Classification Term (Years) Discount Rate Term (Years) Discount Rate
Operating 5.1 5.88 % 5.3 5.74 %
Finance 2.2 5.04 % 2.7 5.08 %

Future minimum lease payments under lease agreements as of June 30, 2025, are presented below (in thousands).

Operating Leases Finance Leases
2025 $ 14,976 $ 443
2026 27,445 813
2027 22,640 448
2028 17,540 149
2029 15,278
Thereafter 23,852
Total minimum lease payments 121,731 1,853
Less amount representing interest (16,759) (410)
Lease liabilities $ 104,972 $ 1,443

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had additional operating leases that have not yet commenced with aggregate future minimum lease payments of approximately $3.3 million. Certain of these operating leases commenced in July 2025 with an additional operating lease expected to commence in August 2025 with lease terms ranging from three to seven and a half years.

12. Income Taxes

The Company applies an estimated annual effective rate to interim period pre-tax income to calculate the income tax provision for the quarter in accordance with the principal method prescribed by the accounting guidance established for computing income taxes in interim periods. The Company’s effective tax rates were 23.4% and 22.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 23.1% and 22.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the effective tax rate was higher than the applicable statutory rate primarily due to the impact of nondeductible compensation expense, other nondeductible expenses and other permanent adjustments, partially offset by investments in tax-exempt instruments. The effective tax rate during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 was higher than the applicable statutory rate primarily due to the impact of nondeductible expenses, nondeductible compensation expense and other permanent adjustments, partially offset by the discrete impact of restricted stock vesting and investments in tax-exempt instruments.

​ 33

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters

The Company is subject to loss contingencies related to litigation, claims, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. The Company establishes accruals for those matters when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. A portion of the Company’s exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. In determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies, the Company does not take into account the availability of insurance coverage. When it is practicable, the Company estimates loss contingencies for possible litigation and claims, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. When the Company is able to estimate such probable losses, and when it estimates that it is reasonably possible it could incur losses in excess of amounts accrued, the Company is required to make a disclosure of the aggregate estimation. As available information changes, however, the matters for which the Company is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves, will be adjusted accordingly.

Assessments of litigation and claims exposures are difficult due to many factors that involve inherent unpredictability. Those factors include the following: the varying stages of the proceedings, particularly in the early stages; unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain damages; damages other than compensatory, such as punitive damages; a matter presenting meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; multiple defendants and jurisdictions; whether discovery has begun or is complete; whether meaningful settlement discussions have commenced; and whether the claim involves a class action and if so, how the class is defined. As a result of some of these factors, the Company may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to some or all of the pending and threatened litigation and claims asserted against the Company.

The Company is involved in information-gathering requests and investigations (both formal and informal), as well as reviews, examinations and proceedings (collectively, “Inquiries”) by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding certain of its businesses, business practices and policies, as well as the conduct of persons with whom it does business. Additional Inquiries will arise from time to time. In connection with those Inquiries, the Company receives document requests, subpoenas and other requests for information. The Inquiries could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions that could result in consequences that have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. Such consequences could include adverse judgments, findings, settlements, penalties, fines, orders, injunctions, restitution, or alterations in the Company’s business practices, and could result in additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage.

In September 2020, PrimeLending received an investigative inquiry from the United States Attorney for the Western District of Virginia regarding PrimeLending’s float down option. The United States Attorney issued grand jury subpoenas to PrimeLending and PlainsCapital Bank for additional materials regarding this matter. PrimeLending and PlainsCapital Bank are continuing to cooperate with requests for information with respect to this matter.

While the final outcome of litigation and claims exposures or of any Inquiries is inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation and Inquiries will not, except related to specific matters disclosed above, have a material effect on the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in any matter, including the matters discussed above, could be material to the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period of occurrence.

​ 34

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Indemnification Liability Reserve

The mortgage origination segment may be responsible to agencies, investors, or other parties for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that each loan sold meets certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. If determined to be at fault, the mortgage origination segment either repurchases the affected loan from or indemnifies the claimant against loss. The mortgage origination segment has established an indemnification liability reserve for such probable losses.

Generally, the mortgage origination segment first becomes aware that an agency, investor, or other party believes a loss has been incurred on a sold loan when it receives a written request from the claimant to repurchase the loan or reimburse the claimant’s losses. Upon completing its review of the claimant’s request, the mortgage origination segment establishes a specific claims reserve for the loan if it concludes its obligation to the claimant is both probable and reasonably estimable.

An additional reserve has been established for probable agency, investor or other party losses that may have been incurred, but not yet reported to the mortgage origination segment based upon a reasonable estimate of such losses. Factors considered in the calculation of this reserve include, but are not limited to, the total volume of loans sold exclusive of specific claimant requests, actual claim Inquiries, claim settlements and the severity of estimated losses resulting from future claims, and the mortgage origination segment’s history of successfully curing defects identified in claim requests.

While the mortgage origination segment’s sales contracts typically include borrower early payment default repurchase provisions, these provisions have not been a primary driver of claims to date, and therefore, are not a primary factor considered in the calculation of this reserve.

At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the mortgage origination segment’s indemnification liability reserve totaled $7.9 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The provision for indemnification losses was $0.9 million and $0.8 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $1.6 million and $1.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following tables provide for a rollforward of claims activity for loans put-back to the mortgage origination segment based upon an alleged breach of a representation or warranty with respect to a loan sold and related indemnification liability reserve activity (in thousands).

Representation and Warranty Specific Claims
Activity - Origination Loan Balance
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 2025 **** 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 23,694 $ 23,479 $ 21,593 $ 26,909
Claims made 9,806 6,844 20,842 17,153
Claims resolved with no payment (4,585) (991) (9,105) (7,460)
Repurchases (4,679) (5,533) (8,939) (12,317)
Indemnification payments (306) (809) (461) (1,295)
Balance, end of period $ 23,930 $ 22,990 $ 23,930 $ 22,990

35

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Indemnification Liability Reserve Activity
**** Three Months Ended June 30, **** Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 7,954 $ 9,771 $ 8,111 $ 11,691
Additions for new sales 913 774 1,566 1,110
Repurchases (766) (1,225) (1,287) (3,084)
Early payment defaults (119) (171) (295) (490)
Indemnification payments (66) (54) (179) (132)
Balance, end of period $ 7,916 $ 9,095 $ 7,916 $ 9,095
June 30, December 31,
2025 2024
Reserve for Indemnification Liability:
Specific claims $ 1,737 $ 557
Incurred but not reported claims 6,179 7,554
Total $ 7,916 $ 8,111

Although management considers the total indemnification liability reserve to be appropriate, there may be changes in the reserve over time to address incurred losses due to unanticipated adverse changes in the economy and historical loss patterns, discrete events adversely affecting specific borrowers or industries, and/or actions taken by institutions or investors. The impact of such matters is considered in the reserving process when probable and estimable.

14. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Banking

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve varying degrees of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement (and therefore the exposure to credit loss) the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided that the terms established in the contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of fees. Because some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments to customers.

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $2.2 billion at June 30, 2025 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $51.5 million at June 30, 2025.

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as it does for loans held for investment. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, in these transactions is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, accounts receivable, marketable securities, interest-bearing deposit accounts, inventory, and property, plant and equipment.

​ 36

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Broker-Dealer

In the normal course of business, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute, settle, and finance various securities transactions that may expose the Hilltop Broker-Dealers to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the accounts of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers, use of derivatives to support certain non-profit housing organization clients and to hedge changes in the fair value of certain securities, clearing agreements between the Hilltop Broker-Dealers and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

15. Stock-Based Compensation

During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, Hilltop granted 6,456 and 8,050 shares of common stock, respectively, pursuant to the Hilltop Holdings Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Equity Plan”) to certain non-employee members of the Company’s board of directors for services rendered to the Company.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes information about stock-based incentive awards issued pursuant to the 2020 Equity Plan and nonvested restricted stock unit (“RSU”) activity for the six months ended June 30, 2025 (shares in thousands).

RSUs
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
**** Outstanding **** Fair Value
Balance, December 31, 2024 1,285 $ 33.02
Granted 399 $ 32.28
Vested/Released (293) $ 33.59
Forfeited (151) $ 32.81
Balance, June 30, 2025 1,240 $ 32.67

Vested/Released RSUs include an aggregate of 63,033 shares withheld to satisfy employee statutory tax obligations during the six months ended June 30, 2025.

During the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of the Company awarded certain executives and key employees an aggregate of 399,032 RSUs pursuant to the 2020 Equity Plan. Of the RSUs granted during the six months ended June 30, 2025, 302,236 that were outstanding at June 30, 2025, are subject to time-based vesting conditions and generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. Of the RSUs granted during the six months ended June 30, 2025, 93,851 that were outstanding at June 30, 2025, provide for cliff vesting based upon the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year period.

At June 30, 2025, in the aggregate, 953,901 of the outstanding RSUs are subject to time-based vesting conditions and generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and 285,919 outstanding RSUs cliff vest based upon the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year period. At June 30, 2025, unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding RSUs of $21.5 million is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.67 years.

​ 37

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

16. Regulatory Matters

Banking and Hilltop

PlainsCapital, which includes the Bank and PrimeLending, and Hilltop are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the consolidated financial statements. The regulations require PlainsCapital and Hilltop to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company performs reviews of the classification and calculation of risk-weighted assets to ensure accuracy and compliance with the Basel III regulatory capital requirements as implemented by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the companies to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to total average assets (as defined), and minimum ratios of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).

In order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, stock repurchases and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, Basel III requires banking organizations to maintain a capital conservation buffer above minimum risk-based capital requirements measured relative to risk-weighted assets.

The following table shows PlainsCapital’s and Hilltop’s actual capital amounts and ratios in accordance with Basel III compared to the regulatory minimum capital requirements including the conservation buffer ratio in effect at the end of the period (dollars in thousands). Based on actual capital amounts and ratios shown in the following table, PlainsCapital’s ratios place it in the “well capitalized” (as defined) capital category under regulatory requirements. Actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2024 reflect PlainsCapital’s and Hilltop’s decision to elect the transition option as issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies in March 2020 that permitted banking institutions to mitigate the estimated cumulative regulatory capital effects from CECL over a five-year transitionary period through December 31, 2024. As of January 1, 2025, Hilltop and PlainsCapital had fully captured the day-one regulatory capital effects resulting from the implementation of CECL.

Minimum ****
Capital
Requirements
Including
Conservation To Be Well ****
June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 Buffer Capitalized ****
**** Amount **** Ratio **** Amount **** Ratio **** Ratio **** Ratio ****
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
PlainsCapital $ 1,332,135 10.71 % $ 1,317,664 9.99 % 4.0 % 5.0 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 13.11 % 2,031,069 12.57 % 4.0 % N/A
Common equity Tier 1 capital <br>(to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,332,135 15.08 % 1,317,664 15.35 % 7.0 % 6.5 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 20.74 % 2,031,069 21.23 % 7.0 % N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,332,135 15.08 % 1,317,664 15.35 % 8.5 % 8.0 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 20.74 % 2,031,069 21.23 % 8.5 % N/A
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,439,190 16.29 % 1,419,787 16.54 % 10.5 % 10.0 %
Hilltop 2,278,305 23.38 % 2,334,679 24.40 % 10.5 % N/A

​ 38

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Broker-Dealer

Pursuant to the net capital requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), Hilltop Securities has elected to determine its net capital requirements using the alternative method. Accordingly, Hilltop Securities is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, equal to the greater of $1,000,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances, as defined in Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the net capital rule of the NYSE provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of the aggregate debit items. Momentum Independent Network follows the primary (aggregate indebtedness) method, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires the maintenance of the larger of $250,000 or 6-2/3% of aggregate indebtedness.

At June 30, 2025, the net capital position of each of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers was as follows (in thousands).

Momentum
Hilltop Independent
**** Securities **** Network ****
Net capital $ 214,075 $ 5,818
Less: required net capital 6,204 335
Excess net capital $ 207,871 $ 5,483
Net capital as a percentage of aggregate debit items 69.0 %
Net capital in excess of 5% aggregate debit items $ 198,564

Under certain conditions, Hilltop Securities may be required to segregate cash and securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of customers under Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Assets segregated for regulatory purposes under the provisions of the Exchange Act are restricted and not available for general corporate purposes. At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers held cash of $47.2 million and $71.0 million, respectively, segregated in special reserve bank accounts for the benefit of customers. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers were not required to segregate cash and securities in special reserve accounts for the benefit of proprietary accounts of introducing broker-dealers at June 30, 2025.

Mortgage Origination

As a mortgage originator, PrimeLending and its subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital, leverage, net worth and liquidity requirements established by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and GNMA, as applicable. On an annual basis, PrimeLending and its subsidiaries submit audited financial statements to HUD and GNMA documenting their respective compliance with minimum requirements. On a quarterly basis, PrimeLending reviews these requirements and timely reports any exceptions to HUD and GNMA, as applicable. If any exceptions to these requirements occur, certain additional financial reporting submissions are required. During the first and second quarters of 2025, PrimeLending received capital infusions from its parent company, PlainsCapital Bank, totaling $10 million and $5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2025, PrimeLending and its subsidiaries’ minimum capital, leverage, net worth and liquidity exceeded the amounts required by both HUD and GNMA, as applicable.

17. Stockholders’ Equity

Dividends

During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company declared and paid cash dividends of $0.36 and $0.34 per common share, or an aggregate of $23.2 million and $22.2 million, respectively.

On July 24, 2025, Hilltop’s board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.18 per common share, payable on August 29, 2025, to all common stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 15, 2025.

​ 39

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Stock Repurchases

In January 2025, the Hilltop board of directors authorized a new stock repurchase program through January 2026, pursuant to which the Company was originally authorized to repurchase, in the aggregate, up to $100.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In July 2025, the Hilltop board of directors authorized, subject to non-objection from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, an increase to the aggregate amount of common stock the Company may repurchase under this program to $135.0 million, which is inclusive of repurchases to offset dilution related to grants of stock-based compensation. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, Hilltop paid $68.2 million to repurchase an aggregate of 2,203,936 shares of the Company’s common stock at an average price of $30.94 per share pursuant to the stock repurchase program. As a result of share repurchases during 2025, Hilltop has approximately $67 million of available share repurchase capacity, subject to non-objection with respect to the additional $35.0 million, through the expiration of the 2025 stock repurchase program in January 2026.

The Company’s stock repurchase program, prior year repurchases, and related accounting policy are discussed in detail in Note 1 and Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2024 Form 10-K.

18. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk. The Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy involves effectively managing the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities to mitigate potential adverse impacts from changes in interest rates on the Bank’s net interest margin. Additionally, the Bank manages variability of cash flows associated with its variable rate debt in interest-related cash outflows with interest rate swap contracts. PrimeLending has interest rate risk relative to interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. PrimeLending is exposed to such interest rate risk from the time an IRLC is made to an applicant to the time the related mortgage loan is sold. To mitigate interest rate risk, PrimeLending executes forward commitments to sell mortgage-backed securities (“MBSs”) and futures contracts. Additionally, PrimeLending has interest rate risk relative to its MSR asset and uses derivative instruments, including U.S. Treasury bond futures and options to hedge this risk. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers use forward commitments to both purchase and sell MBSs to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to hedge related exposure to interest rate risk in certain inventory positions. Additionally, Hilltop Securities uses various derivative instruments, including U.S. Treasury bond futures and options, futures contracts, credit default swaps and municipal market data rate locks, to hedge changes in the fair value of its securities.

Non-Hedging Derivative Instruments and the Fair Value Option

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to measure substantially all mortgage loans held for sale at fair value under the provisions of the Fair Value Option. The election provides the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without applying hedge accounting provisions. The fair values of PrimeLending’s IRLCs and forward commitments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments are recorded as a component of net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income. These changes in fair value are attributable to changes in the volume of IRLCs, mortgage loans held for sale, commitments to purchase and sell MBSs and MSR assets, and changes in market interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also conversely affect the value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale and its MSR asset, which are measured at fair value under the Fair Value Option. The effect of the change in market interest rates on PrimeLending’s loans held for sale and MSR asset is discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. The fair values of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ and the Bank’s derivative instruments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are presented in the following table (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024
Increase (decrease) in fair value of derivatives during period:
PrimeLending $ (6,598) $ 580 $ (5,610) $ 11,206
Hilltop Broker-Dealers (4,905) (676) (655) (4,621)
Bank (10) 24 (33) 13

​ 40

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Hedging Derivative Instruments

The Company has entered into interest rate swap contracts to manage the exposure to changes in fair value associated with certain available for sale fixed rate collateralized mortgage-backed securities and fixed rate loans held for investment attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. Certain of these fair value hedges have been designated as a portfolio layer, which provides the Company the ability to execute a fair value hedge of the interest rate risk associated with a portfolio of similar prepayable assets whereby the last dollar amount estimated to remain in the portfolio of assets is identified as the hedged item. Additionally, the Company has outstanding interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges and utilized to manage the variability of cash flows associated with its variable rate borrowings.

Under each of its interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges, the Company receives a floating rate and pays a fixed rate on the outstanding notional amount. The Company assesses the hedge effectiveness both at the onset of the hedge and at regular intervals throughout the life of the derivative. To the extent that the derivative instruments are highly effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows or fair value, changes in the fair value of the derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and changes in the fair value of the derivatives designated as hedges of fair value are included in current earnings. Although the Company has determined at the onset of the hedges that the derivative instruments will be highly effective hedges throughout the term of the contract, any portion of derivative instruments subsequently determined to be ineffective will be recognized in earnings.

Derivative positions are presented in the following table (in thousands).

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
**** Notional **** Estimated **** Notional **** Estimated
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value
Derivative instruments (not designated as hedges):
IRLCs $ 715,134 $ 13,655 $ 384,528 $ 2,942
Commitments to purchase MBSs 1,420,730 7,645 1,152,841 280
Commitments to sell MBSs 2,402,666 (18,980) 1,954,405 8,577
Interest rate swaps 59,130 (50) 32,000 1,088
Interest rate swaps back-to-back (asset) ^(1)^ 45,729 966 24,928 277
Interest rate swaps back-to-back (liability) ^(1)^ 45,729 (1,019) 24,928 (298)
U.S. Treasury bond futures and options ^(2)^ 118,320 119,200
Interest rate and other futures ^(2)^ 7,505 245,200
Credit default swaps 5,000 (8) 14,000 3
Derivative instruments (designated as hedges):
Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges $ 210,000 $ 3,314 $ 285,000 $ 6,748
Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges ^(3)^ 337,654 25,962 354,471 36,914

(1) Noted derivative instruments include both customer-facing derivatives as well as offsetting derivatives facing other dealer banks. The fair value of these derivatives include a net credit valuation adjustment that was nominal at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, reducing the fair value of the liability.
(2) Noted derivative instruments include contracts between the Hilltop Broker-Dealers and PrimeLending and their respective counterparties with changes in fair value of the contracts that are settled daily.
--- ---
(3) The Company designated $337.7 million and $376.5 million as the hedged amount (from a closed portfolio of prepayable available for sale securities and loans held for investment with a carrying value of $311.6 million and $339.4 million as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively), of which, a subset of these hedges are in portfolio layer hedging relationships. The cumulative basis adjustment included in the carrying value of the hedged items totaled $26.1 million and $37.1 million as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
--- ---

The Bank held cash collateral advances of $30.2 million to offset net asset derivative positions on its derivative instruments designated as hedges at June 30, 2025. The Bank and PrimeLending held aggregate cash collateral advances of $50.9 million to offset net asset derivative positions on its commitments to sell MBSs and derivative instruments designated as hedges at December 31, 2024. PrimeLending had advanced cash collateral totaling $9.0 million to offset net liability positions on its commitments to sell MBSs at June 30, 2025. In addition, PrimeLending and the Hilltop Broker- 41

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Dealers had advanced cash collateral totaling $4.2 million and $4.9 million on various derivative instruments at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. These cash collateral amounts are included in either other assets or other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets.

Derivatives on Behalf of Customers

The Bank offers derivative contracts to certain customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives include back-to-back interest rate swaps. The Bank manages the risk associated with these contracts by entering into an equal and offsetting derivative with a third-party dealer bank. These derivatives generally work together as an economic interest rate hedge, but the Bank does not designate them for hedge accounting treatment. Consequently, changes in fair value of the corresponding derivative financial asset or liability were recorded as either a charge or credit to current earnings during the period in which the changes in fair value occurred, typically resulting in no net earnings impact.

19. Balance Sheet Offsetting

Certain financial instruments, including resale and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The Company’s accounting policy is to present required disclosures related to collateral and derivative positions on a gross basis.

The following tables present the assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, repurchase agreements, or similar agreements with offsetting rights (in thousands).

Gross Amounts Not Offset in
Net Amounts the Balance Sheet
**** Gross Amounts **** Gross Amounts **** of Assets **** **** **** Cash **** ****
of Recognized Offset in the Presented in the Financial Collateral Net
Assets Balance Sheet Balance Sheet Instruments Pledged Amount
June 30, 2025
Securities borrowed:
Institutional counterparties $ 1,436,594 $ $ 1,436,594 $ (1,378,935) $ $ 57,659
Interest rate swaps:
Institutional counterparties 31,248 31,248 (30,180) 1,068
Reverse repurchase agreements:
Institutional counterparties 93,878 93,878 (93,878)
Forward MBS derivatives:
Institutional counterparties 8,032 8,032 (30) 8,002
$ 1,569,752 $ $ 1,569,752 $ (1,472,843) $ (30,180) $ 66,729
December 31, 2024
Securities borrowed:
Institutional counterparties $ 1,292,365 $ $ 1,292,365 $ (1,214,081) $ $ 78,284
Interest rate swaps:
Institutional counterparties 45,243 45,243 (44,155) 1,088
Credit default swaps:
Institutional counterparties 3 3 3
Reverse repurchase agreements:
Institutional counterparties 88,728 88,728 (86,371) 2,357
Forward MBS derivatives:
Institutional counterparties 14,719 14,719 (61) (4,325) 10,333
$ 1,441,058 $ $ 1,441,058 $ (1,300,513) $ (48,480) $ 92,065

​ 42

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Gross Amounts Not Offset in
Net Amounts the Balance Sheet
**** Gross Amounts **** Gross Amounts **** of Liabilities **** **** **** Cash **** ****
of Recognized Offset in the Presented in the Financial Collateral Net
Liabilities Balance Sheet Balance Sheet Instruments Pledged Amount
June 30, 2025
Securities loaned:
Institutional counterparties $ 1,426,924 $ $ 1,426,924 $ (1,367,861) $ $ 59,063
Interest rate swaps:
Institutional counterparties 2,075 2,075 2,075
Credit default swaps:
Institutional counterparties 8 8 8
Repurchase agreements:
Institutional counterparties 187,654 187,654 (187,654)
Forward MBS derivatives:
Institutional counterparties 19,368 19,368 (30) (7,569) 11,769
$ 1,636,029 $ $ 1,636,029 $ (1,555,545) $ (7,569) $ 72,915
December 31, 2024
Securities loaned:
Institutional counterparties $ 1,291,725 $ $ 1,291,725 $ (1,211,426) $ $ 80,299
Interest rate swaps:
Institutional counterparties 514 514 514
Repurchase agreements:
Institutional counterparties 198,174 198,174 (198,174)
Forward MBS derivatives:
Institutional counterparties 5,862 5,862 (61) 5,801
$ 1,496,275 $ $ 1,496,275 $ (1,409,661) $ $ 86,614

Secured Borrowing Arrangements

Secured Borrowings (Repurchase Agreements) — The Company participates in transactions involving securities sold under repurchase agreements, which are secured borrowings and generally mature one to ninety days from the transaction date or involve arrangements with no definite termination date. Securities sold under repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transactions. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities, which is monitored on a daily basis.

Securities Lending Activities — The Company’s securities lending activities include lending securities for other broker-dealers, lending institutions and its own clearing and retail operations. These activities involve lending securities to other broker-dealers to cover short sales, to complete transactions in which there has been a failure to deliver securities by the required settlement date and as a conduit for financing activities.

When lending securities, the Company receives cash or similar collateral and generally pays interest (based on the amount of cash deposited) to the other party to the transaction. Securities lending transactions are executed pursuant to written agreements with counterparties that generally require securities loaned to be marked-to-market on a daily basis. The Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount generally in excess of the fair value of securities loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded, as necessary. Collateral adjustments are made on a daily basis through the facilities of various clearinghouses. The Company is a principal in these securities lending transactions and is liable for losses in the event of a failure of any other party to honor its contractual obligation. Management sets credit limits with each counterparty and reviews these limits regularly to monitor the risk level with each counterparty. The Company is subject to credit risk through its securities lending activities if securities prices decline rapidly because the value of the Company’s collateral could fall below the amount of the indebtedness it secures. In rapidly appreciating markets, credit risk increases due to short positions. The Company’s securities lending business subjects the Company to credit risk if a counterparty fails to perform or if collateral securing its obligations is insufficient. In securities transactions, the Company is subject to credit risk during the period between the execution of a trade and the settlement by the customer.

​ 43

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

The following tables present the remaining contractual maturities of repurchase agreement and securities lending transactions accounted for as secured borrowings (in thousands). The Company had no repurchase-to-maturity transactions outstanding at both June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Remaining Contractual Maturities
Overnight and Greater Than
June 30, 2025 Continuous Up to 30 Days 30-90 Days 90 Days Total
Repurchase agreement transactions:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities $ 71,549 $ 116,105 $ $ $ 187,654
Securities lending transactions:
Corporate securities 52 52
Equity securities 1,426,872 1,426,872
Total $ 1,498,473 $ 116,105 $ $ $ 1,614,578
Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreement and securities lending transactions in offsetting disclosure above $ 1,614,578
Amount related to agreements not included in offsetting disclosure above $
Remaining Contractual Maturities
Overnight and Greater Than
December 31, 2024 Continuous Up to 30 Days 30-90 Days 90 Days Total
Repurchase agreement transactions:
Asset-backed securities $ 117,847 $ 80,327 $ $ $ 198,174
Securities lending transactions:
Corporate securities 52 52
Equity securities 1,291,673 1,291,673
Total $ 1,409,572 $ 80,327 $ $ $ 1,489,899
Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreement and securities lending transactions in offsetting disclosure above $ 1,489,899
Amount related to agreements not included in offsetting disclosure above $

20. Broker-Dealer and Clearing Organization Receivables and Payables

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables and payables consisted of the following (in thousands).

June 30, December 31, ****
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Receivables:
Securities borrowed $ 1,436,594 $ 1,292,365
Securities failed to deliver 17,571 16,045
Trades in process of settlement 125,736
Other 15,463 18,220
$ 1,469,628 $ 1,452,366
Payables:
Securities loaned $ 1,426,924 $ 1,291,725
Correspondents 11,452 17,025
Securities failed to receive 11,304 16,623
Trades in process of settlement 3,996
Other 8,007 6,529
$ 1,461,683 $ 1,331,902

​ 44

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

21. Segment and Related Information

The Company has two primary business units, PCC (banking and mortgage origination) and Securities Holdings (broker-dealer). Under GAAP, the Company’s business units are comprised of three reportable business segments organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers: banking, broker-dealer and mortgage origination. These segments reflect the manner in which operations are managed and the criteria used by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, to evaluate segment performance, develop strategy and allocate resources.

The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank. The broker-dealer segment includes the operations of Securities Holdings, and the mortgage origination segment is composed of PrimeLending.

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, merchant banking investment opportunities and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company.

Balance sheet amounts not discussed previously and the elimination of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.” The following tables present certain information about reportable business segment revenues, operating results, goodwill and assets (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Banking Broker-Dealer Mortgage Origination Corporate All Other and Eliminations Hilltop Consolidated
Interest income $ 159,396 $ 39,432 $ 14,143 $ 2,914 $ (18,704) $ 197,181
Interest expense ^(1)^ 64,477 26,281 16,445 3,080 (23,776) 86,507
Net interest income (expense) 94,919 13,151 (2,302) (166) 5,072 110,674
Noninterest income 11,892 96,502 90,248 (628) (5,380) 192,634
$ 106,811 $ 109,653 $ 87,946 $ (794) $ (308) $ 303,308
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses (7,343) 3 (7,340)
Non-variable compensation and benefits 32,146 37,321 27,239 9,402 106,108
Variable compensation ^(2)^ 36,172 34,975 (845) 70,302
Occupancy and equipment, net 10,176 4,613 4,543 1,898 (166) 21,064
Professional services 2,429 4,196 2,916 1,317 (38) 10,820
Other segment expense items ^(3)^ 14,475 20,951 15,063 2,513 (120) 52,882
$ 59,226 $ 103,253 $ 84,736 $ 14,285 $ (324) $ 261,176
Income (loss) before taxes $ 54,928 $ 6,397 $ 3,210 $ (15,079) $ 16 $ 49,472

Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Banking Broker-Dealer Mortgage Origination Corporate All Other and Eliminations Hilltop Consolidated
Interest income $ 317,941 $ 74,255 $ 25,373 $ 5,729 $ (33,318) $ 389,980
Interest expense ^(1)^ 132,472 49,536 29,072 6,764 (43,655) 174,189
Net interest income (expense) 185,469 24,719 (3,699) (1,035) 10,337 215,791
Noninterest income 22,702 193,439 158,023 42,751 (10,941) 405,974
$ 208,171 $ 218,158 $ 154,324 $ 41,716 $ (604) $ 621,765
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 2,029 (31) 1,998
Non-variable compensation and benefits 66,248 72,102 55,746 18,822 212,918
Variable compensation ^(2)^ 69,455 59,807 10,470 139,732
Occupancy and equipment, net 18,665 9,464 9,318 3,732 (333) 40,846
Professional services (1,728) 8,652 6,068 2,072 (130) 14,934
Other segment expense items ^(3)^ 27,971 42,903 28,457 5,080 (192) 104,219
$ 111,156 $ 202,576 $ 159,396 $ 40,176 $ (655) $ 512,649
Income (loss) before taxes $ 94,986 $ 15,613 $ (5,072) $ 1,540 $ 51 $ 107,118

​ 45

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended June 30, 2024 Banking Broker-Dealer Mortgage Origination Corporate All Other and Eliminations Hilltop Consolidated
Interest income $ 169,424 $ 41,169 $ 14,349 $ 1,795 $ (19,594) $ 207,143
Interest expense ^(1)^ 76,966 28,951 18,920 4,948 (26,292) 103,493
Net interest income (expense) 92,458 12,218 (4,571) (3,153) 6,698 103,650
Noninterest income 9,255 92,053 92,867 6,001 (6,871) 193,305
$ 101,713 $ 104,271 $ 88,296 $ 2,848 $ (173) $ 296,955
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 10,950 (16) 10,934
Non-variable compensation and benefits 33,352 33,447 26,738 8,841 102,378
Variable compensation ^(2)^ 32,734 34,886 67,620
Occupancy and equipment, net 9,327 4,748 5,365 2,024 (167) 21,297
Professional services 2,178 3,758 3,263 1,071 10,270
Other segment expense items ^(3)^ 13,093 22,375 16,694 2,780 (43) 54,899
$ 57,950 $ 97,062 $ 86,946 $ 14,716 $ (210) $ 256,464
Income (loss) before taxes $ 32,813 $ 7,225 $ 1,350 $ (11,868) $ 37 $ 29,557

Six Months Ended June 30, 2024 Banking Broker-Dealer Mortgage Origination Corporate All Other and Eliminations Hilltop Consolidated
Interest income $ 339,819 $ 83,353 $ 26,593 $ 3,711 $ (36,719) $ 416,757
Interest expense ^(1)^ 155,755 58,867 35,416 9,966 (50,518) 209,486
Net interest income (expense) 184,064 24,486 (8,823) (6,255) 13,799 207,271
Noninterest income 21,158 196,631 159,567 11,785 (14,218) 374,923
$ 205,222 $ 221,117 $ 150,744 $ 5,530 $ (419) $ 582,194
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 8,097 (34) 8,063
Non-variable compensation and benefits 65,742 67,629 57,244 20,130 210,745
Variable compensation ^(2)^ 68,009 57,074 125,083
Occupancy and equipment, net 18,662 9,477 11,319 4,084 (333) 43,209
Professional services 4,150 6,888 6,632 2,331 20,001
Other segment expense items ^(3)^ 25,416 43,005 33,574 5,556 (102) 107,449
$ 113,970 $ 195,008 $ 165,843 $ 32,101 $ (435) $ 506,487
Income (loss) before taxes $ 83,155 $ 26,143 $ (15,099) $ (26,571) $ 16 $ 67,644
(1) Significant interest expenses for each reportable segment that are regularly provided to the CODM include:
--- ---

Banking segment – primarily comprised of deposit interest expense.

Broker-dealer segment – primarily comprised of securities loaned and short-term borrowings interest expense.

Mortgage origination segment – primarily comprised of interest incurred on warehouse lines of credit held with the Bank.

(2) Variable compensation represents performance-based commissions and incentives.
(3) Other segment items for certain reportable segments that are regularly provided to the CODM include:  <br>  Broker-dealer – included brokerage fees expense and travel, meals and entertainment expense.  <br>  Mortgage origination segment – included mortgage origination and servicing expenses, unreimbursed loan closing costs and business
--- ---

development expense.

Mortgage **** **** **** All Other and **** Hilltop
Banking Broker-Dealer Origination Corporate Eliminations Consolidated
June 30, 2025
Goodwill $ 247,368 $ 7,008 $ 13,071 $ $ $ 267,447
Total assets $ 12,443,425 $ 2,867,161 $ 1,117,521 $ 2,409,729 $ (3,475,563) $ 15,362,273
December 31, 2024
Goodwill $ 247,368 $ 7,008 $ 13,071 $ $ $ 267,447
Total assets $ 13,354,407 $ 2,823,582 $ 1,010,727 $ 2,601,888 $ (3,522,475) $ 16,268,129

​ 46

Table of Contents

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

22. Earnings per Common Share

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except per share data).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, ****
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Basic earnings per share:
Income attributable to Hilltop $ 36,073 $ 20,333 $ 78,189 $ 48,001
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic 63,637 65,085 64,122 65,142
Basic earnings per common share: $ 0.57 $ 0.31 $ 1.22 $ 0.74
Diluted earnings per share:
Income attributable to Hilltop $ 36,073 $ 20,333 $ 78,189 $ 48,001
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic 63,637 65,085 64,122 65,142
Effect of potentially dilutive securities 1 1 2 7
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted 63,638 65,086 64,124 65,149
Diluted earnings per common share: $ 0.57 $ 0.31 $ 1.22 $ 0.74

23. Subsequent Event

On July 4, 2025, legislation referred to as “H.R. 1: One Big Beautiful Bill Act” was signed into law and, among other changes, will modify the tax year in which certain business deductions, primarily depreciation of capital asset additions, are allowed and therefore will influence the time within which income tax payments must be made. While the Company’s initial review indicates the legislated changes will not significantly modify its future effective income tax rate, the Company will continue to monitor for further changes and evaluate the enacted provisions of the new law and potential impacts on its consolidated financial statements as appropriate.

​ 47

Table of Contents Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated historical financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Quarterly Report”) and the financial information set forth in the tables herein.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “ours” or similar words are to Hilltop Holdings Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, references to “Hilltop” refer solely to Hilltop Holdings Inc., references to “PCC” refer to PlainsCapital Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), references to “Securities Holdings” refer to Hilltop Securities Holdings LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), references to “Hilltop Securities” refer to Hilltop Securities Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Securities Holdings), references to “Momentum Independent Network” refer to Momentum Independent Network Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Securities Holdings, Hilltop Securities and Momentum Independent Network are collectively referred to as the “Hilltop Broker-Dealers”), references to the “Bank” refer to PlainsCapital Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of PCC), references to “FNB” refer to First National Bank, references to “SWS” refer to the former SWS Group, Inc., references to “PrimeLending” refer to PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank) and its subsidiaries as a whole.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Quarterly Report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this Quarterly Report that address results or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, and statements that are preceded by, followed by or include, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goal,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “probable,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “target,” “view” or “would” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases, including such things as our business strategy, our financial condition, our revenue, our liquidity and sources of funding, market trends, operations and business, taxes, the impact of natural disasters or public health emergencies, information technology expenses, cybersecurity incidents, capital levels, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) assets, stock repurchases, dividend payments, expectations concerning mortgage loan origination volume, servicer advances and interest rate compression, expected levels of refinancing as a percentage of total loan origination volume, projected losses on mortgage loans originated, total expenses, the effects of government regulation applicable to our operations, the appropriateness of, and changes in, our allowance for credit losses and provision for (reversal of) credit losses, expected future benchmark rates, anticipated investment yields, our expectations regarding accretion of discount on loans in future periods, the collectability of loans, and the outcome of litigation are forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties and can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If an event occurs, our business, business plan, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Certain factors that could cause actual results to differ include, among others:

the credit risks of lending activities, including our ability to estimate credit losses and the allowance for credit losses, as well as the effects of changes in the level of, and trends in, loan delinquencies and write-offs;
effectiveness of our data security controls in the face of cyber attacks and any legal, reputational and financial risks following a cybersecurity incident;
--- ---
changes in general economic, market and business conditions in areas or markets where we compete, including changes in the price of crude oil;
--- ---
changes in the interest rate environment;
--- ---
risks associated with concentration in real estate related loans;
--- ---
the effects of our indebtedness on our ability to manage our business successfully, including the restrictions imposed by the indenture governing our indebtedness;
--- ---

48

Table of Contents

disruptions to the economy and financial services industry, risks associated with uninsured deposits and responsive measures by federal or state governments or banking regulators, including increases in the cost of our deposit insurance assessments;
cost and availability of capital;
--- ---
changes in state and federal laws, regulations or policies affecting one or more of our business segments, including changes in policies under the new Presidential administration, changes in regulatory fees, deposit insurance premiums, capital requirements and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act;
--- ---
changes in key management;
--- ---
competition in our banking, broker-dealer and mortgage origination segments from other banks and financial institutions as well as investment banking and financial advisory firms, mortgage bankers, asset-based non-bank lenders and government agencies;
--- ---
legal and regulatory proceedings;
--- ---
risks associated with merger and acquisition integration; and
--- ---
our ability to use excess capital in an effective manner.
--- ---

For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors that may affect our business and that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (“2024 Form 10-K”), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on February 14, 2025, this Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other filings we have made with the SEC. We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive, and new factors may emerge, or changes to the foregoing factors may occur, that could impact our business. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning our business attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, relating to the matters discussed in this Quarterly Report except to the extent required by federal securities laws. 49

Table of Contents OVERVIEW

We are a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. Our primary line of business is to provide business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas through the Bank. We also provide an array of financial products and services through our broker-dealer and mortgage origination segments. The following includes additional details regarding the financial products and services provided by each of our primary business units.

PCC. PCC is a financial holding company that provides, through its subsidiaries, traditional banking and wealth, investment and treasury management services primarily in Texas and residential mortgage loans throughout the United States.

Securities Holdings. Securities Holdings is a holding company that provides, through its subsidiaries, investment banking and other related financial services, including municipal advisory, sales, trading and underwriting of taxable and tax-exempt fixed income securities, clearing, securities lending, structured finance and retail brokerage services throughout the United States.

The following historical consolidated data for the periods indicated has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024
Statement of Operations Data:
Net interest income $ 110,674 $ 103,650 $ 215,791 $ 207,271
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses (7,340) 10,934 1,998 8,063
Total noninterest income 192,634 193,305 405,974 374,923
Total noninterest expense 261,176 256,464 512,649 506,487
Income before income taxes 49,472 29,557 107,118 67,644
Income tax expense 11,583 6,658 24,697 15,223
Net income 37,889 22,899 82,421 52,421
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 1,816 2,566 4,232 4,420
Income attributable to Hilltop $ 36,073 $ 20,333 $ 78,189 $ 48,001
Per Share Data:
Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.57 $ 0.31 $ 1.22 $ 0.74
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 63,638 65,086 64,124 65,149
Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.18 $ 0.17 $ 0.36 $ 0.34
Dividend payout ratio ^(1)^ 31.75 % 54.42 % 29.52 % 46.14 %
Book value per common share (end of period) $ 34.90 $ 32.86
Tangible book value per common share ^(2)^(end of period) $ 30.56 $ 28.63
June 30, December 31,
2025 **** 2024
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets $ 15,362,273 $ 16,268,129
Cash and due from banks 982,488 2,298,977
Securities 2,860,741 2,659,661
Loans held for sale 979,875 858,665
Loans held for investment, net of unearned income 8,061,204 7,950,551
Allowance for credit losses (97,961) (101,116)
Total deposits 10,391,557 11,065,322
Notes payable 148,475 347,667
Total stockholders' equity 2,226,845 2,218,312
Capital Ratios:
Common equity to assets ratio 14.31 % 13.46 %
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ^(2)^ 12.76 % 11.98 %

(1) Dividend payout ratio is defined as cash dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per common share.

(2) For a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure, see “—Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” 50

Table of Contents Consolidated income before income taxes during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included the following contributions from our reportable business segments.

The banking segment contributed $54.9 million and $95.0 million of income before income taxes during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025;
The broker-dealer segment contributed $6.4 million and $15.6 million of income before income taxes during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025; and
--- ---
The mortgage origination segment contributed $3.2 million of income before income taxes and incurred $5.1 million of losses before income taxes during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
--- ---

During the six months ended June 30, 2025, we declared and paid total common dividends of $23.2 million.

On July 24, 2025, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.18 per common share, payable on August 29, 2025 to all common stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 15, 2025.

In January 2025, our board of directors authorized a new stock repurchase program through January 2026, pursuant to which we were originally authorized to repurchase, in the aggregate, up to $100.0 million of our outstanding common stock. In July 2025, our board of directors authorized, subject to non-objection from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, an increase to the aggregate amount of common stock we may repurchase under this program to $135.0 million, which is inclusive of repurchases to offset dilution related to grants of stock-based compensation. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, we paid $68.2 million to repurchase an aggregate of 2,203,936 shares of our common stock at an average price of $30.94 per share pursuant to the stock repurchase program. As a result of share repurchases during 2025, Hilltop has approximately $67 million of available share repurchase capacity, subject to non-objection with respect to the additional $35.0 million, through the expiration of the 2025 stock repurchase program in January 2026.

Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We present certain measures in our selected financial data that are not measures of financial performance recognized by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). “Tangible book value per common share” is defined as our total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by total common shares outstanding. “Tangible common equity to tangible assets” is defined as our total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by total assets reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets. These measures are important to investors interested in changes from period to period in tangible common equity per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. For companies such as ours that have engaged in business combinations, purchase accounting can result in the recording of significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets related to those transactions. You should not view this disclosure as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and our disclosure is not necessarily comparable to that of other companies that use non-GAAP measures. The following table reconciles these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures, “book value per common share” and “equity to total assets” (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024
Book value per common share $ 34.90 $ 32.86
Effect of goodwill and intangible assets per share (4.34) (4.23)
Tangible book value per common share $ 30.56 $ 28.63
June 30, December 31,
2025 **** 2024
Hilltop stockholders’ equity $ 2,198,642 $ 2,189,965
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net 273,566 274,080
Tangible common equity $ 1,925,076 $ 1,915,885
Total assets $ 15,362,273 $ 16,268,129
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net 273,566 274,080
Tangible assets $ 15,088,707 $ 15,994,049
Equity to assets 14.31 % 13.46 %
Tangible common equity to tangible assets 12.76 % 11.98 %

51

Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Notes Redemptions

On January 15, 2025 (the “Senior Notes Redemption Date”), we redeemed all of our outstanding 5% senior notes due 2025 (the “Senior Notes”) at a redemption price equal to the aggregate principal amount of $150 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Senior Notes Redemption Date (collectively, the “Senior Notes Redemption Price”). The redemption of the Senior Notes was pursuant to the indenture, dated as of April 9, 2015 (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Notes), which permitted the redemption of the Senior Notes beginning 90 days prior to April 15, 2025 (the maturity date of the Senior Notes). The Company irrevocably deposited with the trustee funds using cash on hand in an amount sufficient to pay the Senior Notes Redemption Price on the Senior Notes Redemption Date to satisfy and discharge its obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

On May 15, 2025 (the “2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date”), we redeemed all of our outstanding 5.75% Fixed-to-Floating Subordinated Notes due 2030 (the “2030 Subordinated Notes”) at a redemption price equal to the aggregate principal amount of $50 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the 2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date (collectively, the “2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Price”). The redemption of the 5.75% Subordinated Notes was pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020 (the “First Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2020, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, which permitted the redemption of the 2030 Subordinated Notes beginning on May 15, 2025 (the date on which the 2030 Subordinated Notes converted from fixed to floating rate). The Company irrevocably deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay the 2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Price on the 2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date to satisfy and discharge its obligations under the 2030 Subordinated Notes and the First Supplemental Indenture.

Merchant Bank Transaction

In January 2025, our merchant bank subsidiary entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the capital stock of Moser Acquisition, Inc to Atlas Energy Solutions Inc. (“Atlas”) for consideration including cash and Atlas common stock. On February 24, 2025, the noted transaction to sell the operations associated with our approximate 30% aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC, which owns Moser Acquisition, Inc., was consummated. Our aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC included equity investments that were included, and will continue to be included, within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets until liquidation of Moser Holdings, LLC. A preliminary pre-tax gain of $30.5 million ($23.6 million net of tax) was recorded during the first quarter of 2025 based on our aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC reported as a component of other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations. During the second quarter of 2025, we recorded additional net downward adjustments associated with its aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC and the liquidation of a portion of the Atlas common stock of $3.4 million that resulted in an aggregate preliminary pre-tax gain during 2025 of $27.1 million ($21.0 million net of tax). The preliminary gain is subject to change given customary post-closing adjustments, changes in the market value of the stock consideration included in transaction given certain restrictions, and the liquidation of Moser Holdings, LLC.

Settlement Agreement & Releases

In April 2025, PrimeLending entered into multiple Settlement Agreement & Releases (the “Settlements”) related to a matter whereby PrimeLending received an aggregate of $9.5 million from the respective parties. The full amount associated with the Settlements was recorded within other noninterest income in the consolidated statement of operations during the second quarter of 2025.

Tax Legislation

On July 4, 2025, legislation referred to as “H.R. 1: One Big Beautiful Bill Act” was signed into law and, among other changes, will modify the tax year in which certain business deductions, primarily depreciation of capital asset additions, are allowed and therefore will influence the time within which income tax payments must be made. While our initial review indicates the legislated changes will not significantly modify our future effective income tax rate, we will continue to monitor for further changes and evaluate the enacted provisions of the new law and potential impacts on our consolidated financial statements as appropriate.

​ 52

Table of Contents Economic Environment

The extent of the impact of uncertain economic conditions on our financial performance during the remainder of 2025, will depend in part on developments outside of our control including, among others, the timing and significance of further changes in U.S. Treasury yields and mortgage interest rates, changes in funding costs, inflationary pressures, changes in the political environment, the impact of tariffs and reciprocal tariffs, and international armed conflicts and their impact on supply chains.

Uncertainty of general economic, market and business conditions impact our ability to estimate credit losses and the allowance for credit losses, as well as the effects of changes in the level of, and trends in, loan delinquencies and write-offs. Significant judgment is required to estimate the severity and duration of the current economic uncertainties, as well as its potential impact on borrower cash flow. While all industries could experience volatility and adverse impacts, certain of our loan portfolio industry sectors and subsectors, including office buildings, retail, hotel/motel and auto note financing, have an increased level of risk given business and consumer sensitivity to interest rates and the size and permanence of tariffs. Refer to the discussions in the “Financial Condition – Loan Portfolio” and “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses” sections that follow for more details regarding the Bank’s loan portfolio and significant assumptions and estimates involved in estimating credit losses.

Historically, high-profile banking failures periodically increase market uncertainty and concerns associated with banking sector liquidity positions, increase regulatory scrutiny and underscore the importance of maintaining access to diverse sources of funding. In light of these events, we have continued our efforts to monitor deposit flows and balance sheet trends to ensure that our liquidity needs and financial flexibility are maintained. During 2024, we increased interest-bearing deposit rates to address rising market interest rates and intense competition for liquidity to combat deposit outflows. Throughout 2024, we experienced net interest margin compression reflecting deposit repricing activity and demand deposit migration into interest-bearing accounts. Despite deposits costs remaining elevated during the first and second quarters of 2025, our cost of deposits decreased during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period of 2024, as we took actions to reduce the interest paid on our interest-bearing deposits. Additionally, at June 30, 2025, we continued to access core deposits from our Hilltop Securities Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured sweep program, while the Bank was not utilizing any of its Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowing capacity.

While funding costs will continue to be influenced by various factors, including competitive pressures, broader economic conditions, future changes in the target range for the federal funds rate, our customers’ appetite for higher yields on deposits, and our overall liquidity profile. An unexpected influx of withdrawals of deposits could adversely impact our ability to rely on organic deposits to primarily fund our operations, potentially requiring greater reliance on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawals of deposits or to fund continuing operations. These sources may include proceeds from FHLB advances, sales of investment securities and loans, federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, brokered time deposits, borrowings from the Federal Reserve and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions. Refer to the discussions in the “Segment Results – Banking Segment” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Banking Segment” sections that follow for more details regarding the Bank’s deposits, available liquidity and borrowing capacity at June 30, 2025.

We expect uncertainties related to economic headwinds discussed above, the impact of interest rate movements on the shape and inversions of the yield curve and the increased cost and challenge for deposits that persisted through 2024, to continue during the remainder of 2025.

Asset Valuation

As discussed in more detail within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our 2024 Form 10-K, at each reporting date between annual impairment tests, we consider potential indicators of impairment including the condition of the economy and financial services industry; government intervention and regulatory updates; the impact of recent events to financial performance and cost factors of the reporting unit; performance of our stock and other relevant events.

Continuing macroeconomic challenges related to mortgage loan origination volumes, customer sensitivity to interest rates and resulting demand for certain products have resulted in a challenging environment associated with our reporting segments, resulting in variability in their operating results. 53

Table of Contents ​

Given the potential impacts of the operating performance of our reporting segments and overall economic conditions, actual results may differ materially from our current estimates as the scope of such impacts evolves or if the duration of business disruptions are longer than currently anticipated. We continue to monitor developments regarding overall economic conditions, market capitalization, and any other triggering events or circumstances that may indicate an impairment in the future.

To the extent future operating performance of our reporting segments remain challenged and below forecasted projections during 2025, significant assumptions such as expected future cash flows or the risk-adjusted discount rate used to estimate fair value are adversely impacted, or upon the occurrence of what management would deem to be a triggering event that could, under certain circumstances, cause us to perform impairment tests on our goodwill and other intangible assets, an impairment charge may be recorded for that period. In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired, a non-cash charge for the respective amount of such impairment would be recorded to earnings. Such a charge would have no impact on tangible capital or regulatory capital.

Outlook

Our balance sheet, operating results and certain metrics during 2025 reflected economic conditions that remain uncertain, and will depend in part on several developments outside of our control including, among others, changes in the political environment, the impact of tariffs and reciprocal tariffs, the timing and significance of further changes in U.S. treasury yields and mortgage interest rates and a volatile economic forecast. As noted within our 2024 Form 10-K, these economic conditions, coupled with exposure to changes in funding costs, inflationary pressures, and international armed conflicts and their impact on supply chains within our business segments during 2024 have had, and are expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on our operating results during the remainder of 2025.

In addition, we are currently evaluating the potential loss exposures in connection with the central Texas flooding that occurred in July 2025. The extent of the financial impact to our banking and mortgage origination segments and associated outstanding loan portfolios and mortgage loan indemnification liabilities remains uncertain.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations

As a financial institution providing products and services through our banking, broker-dealer and mortgage origination segments, we are directly affected by general economic and market conditions, many of which are beyond our control and unpredictable. A key factor impacting our results of operations is changes in the level of interest rates in addition to twists in the shape of the yield curve with the magnitude and direction of the impact varying across the different lines of business. Other factors impacting our results of operations include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in volume and price levels of securities, inflation, political events, investor confidence, investor participation levels, legal, regulatory, and compliance requirements and competition. All of these factors have the potential to impact our financial position, operating results and liquidity. In addition, the recent economic and political environment has led to legislative and regulatory initiatives, both enacted and proposed, that could substantially change the regulation of the financial services industry and may significantly impact us.

Segment Information

The Company has two primary business units, PCC (banking and mortgage origination) and Securities Holdings (broker-dealer). Under GAAP, the Company’s units are comprised of three reportable business segments organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers: banking, broker-dealer and mortgage origination. Consistent with our historical segment operating results, we anticipate that future revenues will be driven primarily from the banking segment, with the remainder being generated by our broker-dealer and mortgage origination segments. Operating results for the mortgage origination segment have historically been more volatile than operating results for the banking and broker-dealer segments.

The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank. The banking segment primarily provides business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas and generates revenue from its portfolio of earning assets. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on net interest income. The Bank also derives revenue from other sources, including service charges on customer deposit accounts and trust fees.

​ 54

Table of Contents The broker-dealer segment includes the operations of Securities Holdings, which operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries Hilltop Securities, Momentum Independent Network and Hilltop Securities Asset Management, LLC. The broker-dealer segment generates a majority of its revenues from fees and commissions earned from investment advisory and securities brokerage services. Hilltop Securities is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Momentum Independent Network is an introducing broker-dealer that is also registered with the SEC and FINRA. Hilltop Securities, Momentum Independent Network and Hilltop Securities Asset Management, LLC are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

The mortgage origination segment includes the operations of PrimeLending, which offers a variety of loan products and generates revenue predominantly from fees charged on the origination and servicing of loans and from selling these loans in the secondary market.

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, merchant banking investment opportunities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company.

The eliminations of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.” Additional information concerning our reportable business segments is presented in Note 21, “Segment and Related Information,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents certain information about the results of our reportable business segments (in thousands). This table serves as a basis for the discussion and analysis in the segment operating results sections that follow.

Three Months Ended June 30, Variance 2025 vs 2024 Six Months Ended June 30, Variance 2025 vs 2024
2025 2024 Amount Percent 2025 2024 Amount Percent
Net interest income (expense):
Banking $ 94,919 $ 92,458 $ 2,461 3 $ 185,469 $ 184,064 $ 1,405 1
Broker-Dealer 13,151 12,218 933 8 24,719 24,486 233 1
Mortgage Origination (2,302) (4,571) 2,269 50 (3,699) (8,823) 5,124 58
Corporate (166) (3,153) 2,987 95 (1,035) (6,255) 5,220 83
All Other and Eliminations ^(1)^ 5,072 6,698 (1,626) (24) 10,337 13,799 (3,462) (25)
Hilltop Consolidated $ 110,674 $ 103,650 $ 7,024 7 $ 215,791 $ 207,271 $ 8,520 4
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses:
Banking $ (7,343) $ 10,950 $ (18,293) (167) $ 2,029 $ 8,097 $ (6,068) (75)
Broker-Dealer 3 (16) 19 119 (31) (34) 3 9
Mortgage Origination - -
Corporate - -
All Other and Eliminations - -
Hilltop Consolidated $ (7,340) $ 10,934 $ (18,274) (167) $ 1,998 $ 8,063 $ (6,065) (75)
Noninterest income:
Banking $ 11,892 $ 9,255 $ 2,637 28 $ 22,702 $ 21,158 $ 1,544 7
Broker-Dealer 96,502 92,053 4,449 5 193,439 196,631 (3,192) (2)
Mortgage Origination 90,248 92,867 (2,619) (3) 158,023 159,567 (1,544) (1)
Corporate (628) 6,001 (6,629) (110) 42,751 11,785 30,966 263
All Other and Eliminations ^(1)^ (5,380) (6,871) 1,491 22 (10,941) (14,218) 3,277 23
Hilltop Consolidated $ 192,634 $ 193,305 $ (671) (0) $ 405,974 $ 374,923 $ 31,051 8
Noninterest expense:
Banking $ 59,226 $ 57,950 $ 1,276 2 $ 111,156 $ 113,970 $ (2,814) (2)
Broker-Dealer 103,253 97,062 6,191 6 202,576 195,008 7,568 4
Mortgage Origination 84,736 86,946 (2,210) (3) 159,396 165,843 (6,447) (4)
Corporate 14,285 14,716 (431) (3) 40,176 32,101 8,075 25
All Other and Eliminations (324) (210) (114) (54) (655) (435) (220) (51)
Hilltop Consolidated $ 261,176 $ 256,464 $ 4,712 2 $ 512,649 $ 506,487 $ 6,162 1
Income (loss) before taxes:
Banking $ 54,928 $ 32,813 $ 22,115 67 $ 94,986 $ 83,155 $ 11,831 14
Broker-Dealer 6,397 7,225 (828) (11) 15,613 26,143 (10,530) (40)
Mortgage Origination 3,210 1,350 1,860 138 (5,072) (15,099) 10,027 66
Corporate (15,079) (11,868) (3,211) (27) 1,540 (26,571) 28,111 106
All Other and Eliminations 16 37 (21) (57) 51 16 35 219
Hilltop Consolidated $ 49,472 $ 29,557 $ 19,915 67 $ 107,118 $ 67,644 $ 39,474 58
(1) All other and eliminations amounts during each period include FDIC sweep program revenues and expenses earned on broker-dealer segment deposits placed with the banking segment that are eliminated in consolidation.
--- ---

​ 55

Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators

We utilize several key indicators of financial condition and operating performance to evaluate the various aspects of our business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and growth trends, we monitor several other financial measures and non-financial operating metrics to help us evaluate growth trends, measure the adequacy of our capital based on regulatory reporting requirements, measure the effectiveness of our operations and assess operational efficiencies. These indicators change from time to time as the opportunities and challenges in our businesses change.

Performance ratios and asset quality ratios are typically used for measuring the performance of banking and financial institutions. We consider return on average stockholders’ equity, return on average assets and net interest margin to be important supplemental measures of operating performance that are commonly used by securities analysts, investors and other parties interested in the banking and financial industry. The net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans outstanding ratio is also considered a key measure for our banking segment as it indicates the performance of our loan portfolio.

In addition, we consider regulatory capital ratios to be key measures that are used by us, as well as banking regulators, investors and analysts, to assess our regulatory capital position and to compare our regulatory capital to that of other financial services companies. We monitor our capital strength in terms of both leverage ratio and risk-based capital ratios based on capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. The risk-based capital ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations, but banking organizations are widely expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue from net interest income and from noninterest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the income earned on our assets, including our loans and investment securities, and our cost of funds, including the interest paid on the deposits and borrowings that are used to support our assets. Net interest income is a significant contributor to our operating results. Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as the amounts and types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities we hold, affect net interest income. The change in reportable business segment net interest income during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, primarily reflected a significant increase within our corporate segment.

The other component of our revenue is noninterest income, which is primarily comprised of the following:

(i) Income from broker-dealer operations. Through Securities Holdings, we provide investment banking and other related financial services that generated $147.1 million and $123.1 million in securities commissions and fees and investment and securities advisory fees and commissions, respectively, and $36.7 million and $56.3 million in gains from derivative and trading portfolio activities (included within other noninterest income), respectively, during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024.

(ii) Income from mortgage operations. Through PrimeLending, we generate noninterest income by originating and selling mortgage loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we generated $148.4 million and $159.5 million, respectively, in net gains from sale of loans, other mortgage production income (including income associated with retained mortgage servicing rights), and mortgage loan origination fees.

In the aggregate, we experienced an increase in noninterest income during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, as noted in the segment results table previously presented, primarily due to an increase in pre-tax gains associated with merchant bank equity investment activity within corporate. Additionally, within our broker-dealer segment, noninterest income declined due to a reduction trading gains earned from trading activities, offset by increases in investment and securities advisory fees and commissions and securities commissions and fees.

We also incur noninterest expenses in the operation of our businesses. Our businesses engage in labor intensive activities and, consequently, employees’ compensation and benefits represent the majority of our noninterest expenses.

​ 56

Table of Contents

Consolidated Operating Results

Income applicable to common stockholders during the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $36.1 million, or $0.57 per diluted share, compared to $20.3 million, or $0.31 per diluted share, during the three months ended June 30, 2024. Income applicable to common stockholders during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $78.2 million, or $1.22 per diluted share, compared to $48.0 million, or $0.74 per diluted share, during the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Hilltop’s financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, included a reversal of credit losses and an increase in net interest income within the banking segment, net revenues and noninterest expenses increased within the broker-dealer segment, and the mortgage origination segment had declines in net interest expense, noninterest income and noninterest expense. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, financial results included a significant preliminary gain associated with the sale of operations by a merchant bank equity investment within corporate, changes in the provision for credit losses and a decrease in noninterest expenses within the banking segment, net revenues declined and noninterest expenses increased within the broker-dealer segment, and the mortgage origination segment had declines in net interest expense and noninterest expense.

Certain items included in net income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 resulted from purchase accounting associated with the merger of PlainsCapital Corporation with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop on November 30, 2012, the FDIC-assisted transaction whereby the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of FNB, the acquisition of SWS Group, Inc. in a stock and cash transaction, and the acquisition of The Bank of River Oaks in an all-cash transaction (collectively, the “Bank Transactions”). Income before income taxes during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 included net accretion on earning assets and liabilities of $0.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and amortization of identifiable intangibles of $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to the Bank Transactions. During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, income before income taxes included net accretion on earning assets and liabilities of $1.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and amortization of identifiable intangibles of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to the Bank Transactions.

The information shown in the table below includes certain key performance indicators on a consolidated basis.

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Return on average stockholders' equity^(1)^ 6.62 % 3.84 % 7.21 % 4.54 %
Return on average assets ^(2)^ 0.98 % 0.59 % 1.05 % 0.67 %
Net interest margin^(3) (4)^ 3.01 % 2.90 % 2.93 % 2.88 %
Leverage ratio^(5)^ (end of period) 13.11 % 12.87 %
Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ^(6)^ <br>(end of period) 20.82 % 19.45 %
(1) Return on average stockholders’ equity is defined as consolidated income attributable to Hilltop divided by average total Hilltop stockholders’ equity.
--- ---
(2) Return on average assets is defined as consolidated net income before noncontrolling interest divided by average assets.
--- ---
(3) Net interest margin is defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. We consider net interest margin as a key indicator of profitability, as it represents interest earned on our interest-earning assets compared to interest incurred.
--- ---
(4) The securities financing operations within our broker-dealer segment had the effect of lowering both the net interest margin and taxable equivalent net interest margin by 24 basis points and 25 basis points during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 25 basis points and 26 basis points during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
--- ---
(5) The leverage ratio is a regulatory capital ratio and is defined as Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by average consolidated assets.
--- ---
(6) The common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital ratio and is defined as common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by risk weighted assets. Common equity includes common equity Tier 1 capital (common stockholders’ equity and certain minority interests in the equity capital accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, but excluding goodwill and various intangible assets) and additional Tier 1 capital (certain qualifying minority interests not included in common equity Tier 1 capital, certain preferred stock and related surplus, and certain subordinated debt).
--- ---

We present net interest margin and net interest income below on a taxable-equivalent basis. Net interest margin (taxable equivalent), a non-GAAP measure, is defined as taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Taxable equivalent adjustments are based on the applicable corporate federal income tax rate of 21% for all periods presented. The Company performs periodic reviews of the classification and categorization of the components impacting the calculation of net interest margin. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest margins for all earning assets, 57

Table of Contents we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments.

During the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, purchase accounting contributed 2 and 6 basis points, respectively, to our consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin of 3.04% and 2.92%, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, purchase accounting contributed 3 and 5 basis points, respectively, to our consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin of 2.95% and 2.89%, respectively. The purchase accounting activity was primarily related to the accretion of discount of loans which totaled $0.5 million and $1.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $1.6 million and $3.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, associated with the Bank Transactions.

The tables below provide additional details regarding our consolidated net interest income (dollars in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
**** Average **** Interest **** Annualized **** Average **** Interest **** Annualized ****
Outstanding Earned Yield or Outstanding Earned Yield or
Balance or Paid Rate Balance or Paid Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $ 923,726 $ 14,119 6.05 % $ 934,445 $ 13,494 5.78 %
Loans held for investment, gross ^(1)^ 8,073,187 117,674 5.84 % 7,892,879 125,133 6.36 %
Investment securities - taxable 2,490,931 25,811 4.10 % 2,612,049 25,284 3.87 %
Investment securities - non-taxable ^(2)^ 360,557 3,891 4.27 % 321,928 2,965 3.68 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell 84,583 1,352 6.41 % 105,520 1,944 7.39 %
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,210,977 12,724 4.21 % 1,057,783 13,572 5.15 %
Securities borrowed 1,451,826 20,544 5.60 % 1,358,425 20,306 5.91 %
Other 127,638 1,871 5.88 % 39,758 5,016 50.60 %
Interest-earning assets, gross ^(2)^ 14,723,425 197,986 5.39 % 14,322,787 207,714 5.82 %
Allowance for credit losses (105,816) (104,551)
Interest-earning assets, net 14,617,609 14,218,236
Noninterest-earning assets 968,459 1,332,959
Total assets $ 15,586,068 $ 15,551,195
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 7,868,600 $ 57,056 2.91 % $ 7,617,862 $ 68,095 3.59 %
Securities loaned 1,440,958 17,662 4.92 % 1,338,825 18,669 5.59 %
Notes payable and other borrowings 955,618 11,789 4.95 % 1,253,394 16,729 5.35 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 10,265,176 86,507 3.38 % 10,210,081 103,493 4.07 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits 2,775,448 2,814,179
Other liabilities 330,616 377,516
Total liabilities 13,371,240 13,401,776
Stockholders’ equity 2,187,108 2,122,144
Noncontrolling interest 27,720 27,275
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 15,586,068 $ 15,551,195
Net interest income ^(2)^ $ 111,479 $ 104,221
Net interest spread ^(2)^ 2.01 % 1.75 %
Net interest margin ^(2)^ 3.04 % 2.92 %

​ 58

Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
**** Average **** Interest **** Annualized **** Average **** Interest **** Annualized ****
Outstanding Earned Yield or Outstanding Earned Yield or
Balance or Paid Rate Balance or Paid Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $ 817,003 $ 25,557 6.22 % $ 868,271 $ 25,149 5.79 %
Loans held for investment, gross ^(1)^ 7,982,470 230,928 5.83 % 7,864,263 247,809 6.39 %
Investment securities - taxable 2,473,358 50,593 4.07 % 2,615,565 51,520 3.94 %
Investment securities - non-taxable ^(2)^ 340,951 7,144 4.17 % 307,674 5,962 3.88 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell 92,592 3,171 6.91 % 99,814 3,575 7.18 %
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,621,936 33,916 4.22 % 1,258,284 32,817 5.23 %
Securities borrowed 1,421,480 36,353 5.09 % 1,400,648 40,867 5.77 %
Other 122,427 3,763 6.20 % 39,822 10,207 51.40 %
Interest-earning assets, gross ^(2)^ 14,872,217 391,425 5.31 % 14,454,341 417,906 5.80 %
Allowance for credit losses (103,274) (107,567)
Interest-earning assets, net 14,768,943 14,346,774
Noninterest-earning assets 990,457 1,427,647
Total assets $ 15,759,400 $ 15,774,421
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 8,026,633 $ 117,107 2.94 % $ 7,683,247 $ 137,239 3.58 %
Securities loaned 1,411,552 32,398 4.63 % 1,370,400 37,708 5.52 %
Notes payable and other borrowings 1,010,422 24,684 4.93 % 1,290,642 34,539 5.37 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 10,448,607 174,189 3.36 % 10,344,289 209,486 4.06 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits 2,736,066 2,882,768
Other liabilities 360,948 398,935
Total liabilities 13,545,621 13,625,992
Stockholders’ equity 2,186,029 2,121,319
Noncontrolling interest 27,750 27,110
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 15,759,400 $ 15,774,421
Net interest income ^(2)^ $ 217,236 $ 208,420
Net interest spread ^(2)^ 1.95 % 1.74 %
Net interest margin ^(2)^ 2.95 % 2.89 %
(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans.
--- ---
(2) Presented on a taxable equivalent basis with annualized taxable equivalent adjustments based on the applicable corporate federal income tax rate of 21% for the periods presented. The adjustment to interest income was $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $1.4 million and $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
--- ---

The banking segment’s net interest margin exceeds our consolidated net interest margin shown above. Our consolidated net interest margin includes certain items that are not reflected in the calculation of our net interest margin within our banking segment and reduces our consolidated net interest margin, such as the borrowing costs of Hilltop and the yields and costs associated with certain items within interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, such as securities borrowed in the broker-dealer segment and securities loaned in the broker-dealer segment, including items related to securities financing operations that particularly decrease net interest margin. In addition, yields and costs on certain interest-earning assets, such as lines of credit extended to other operating segments by the banking segment, are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

On a consolidated basis, the change in net interest income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, were primarily due to decreased loans held for investment yield from rate decreases, decreased costs of deposits from rate decreases and decreased interest costs from the redemption of certain notes payable, offset by increased cost of deposits from the shift from noninterest-bearing deposits into interest-bearing products. Refer to the discussion in the “Banking Segment” section that follows for more details on the changes in net interest income, including the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items.

The provision for (reversal of) credit losses is determined by management as the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for credit losses at the amount of expected credit losses inherent within the loans held for investment portfolio. The amount of expense and the corresponding level of allowance for credit losses for loans are based on our evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio based on historical loss experience, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and other significant qualitative and quantitative factors. Substantially all of our consolidated provision for (reversal of) credit losses is related to the banking segment. During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the reversal of credit losses was primarily driven by changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans, loan portfolio changes and net charge-offs, partially offset by a build in the allowance related to specific reserves, including 59

Table of Contents changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, within the banking segment since the prior quarter. The provision for credit losses during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was primarily driven by a build in the allowance related to loan portfolio changes and specific reserves including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, partially offset by net charge-offs and changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans. Refer to the discussion under the heading “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” for more details regarding the significant assumptions and estimates involved in estimating credit losses.

Noninterest income slightly decreased during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, primarily due to the receipt of $9.5 million by the mortgage origination segment associated with the Settlements and increases in net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income within our mortgage loan origination segment, partially offset by a decrease of mortgage loan origination fees within our mortgage origination segment, net decreases within the broker-dealer segment’s structured finance business line, partially offset by net increases within the broker-dealer segment’s public finance, wealth management and fixed income business lines, and a loss of $3.4 million associated with the sale of operations by the merchant bank equity investment in the first quarter of 2025, partially offset by gains of $2.8 million associated with certain other merchant bank equity investments. Noninterest income increased during the six months ended June 30, 2025 compared with the same period in 2024, primarily due to an updated preliminary pre-tax gain of $27.1 million associated with the sale of operations by a merchant bank equity investment in the first quarter of 2025, while other changes between periods included net decreases within the broker-dealer segment’s structured finance and fixed income services business lines, partially offset by net increases within the broker-dealer segment’s public finance and wealth management business lines, and increases in net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income within our mortgage loan origination segment, partially offset by a decrease of mortgage loan origination fees within our mortgage origination segment.

Noninterest expense increased during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, primarily due to a net increase within our broker-dealer segment associated with increases in employees’ compensation and benefits, partially offset by a decrease in other segment operating costs, a net decrease within our mortgage origination segment driven by decreases in servicing expenses and other segment costs, partially offset by an increase in non-variable compensation and variable compensation associated with increased mortgage loan originations. Noninterest expense increased during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, primarily due to an increase in employees’ compensation and benefits within corporate, net increases within our broker-dealer segment associated with increases in employees’ compensation and benefits and other segment operating costs, a net decrease within our mortgage origination segment driven by decreases in servicing expenses, non-variable compensation and other segment costs, partially offset by an increase in variable compensation associated with increased mortgage loan originations. We have experienced an increase in certain noninterest expenses during 2025 and 2024, compared with respective prior periods, including compensation, occupancy, and software costs, due to inflationary pressures. We expect such inflationary headwinds to continue and result in higher fixed costs during the remainder of 2025.

Effective income tax rates during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 were 23.4% and 22.5%, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 were 23.1% and 22.5%, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the effective tax rate was higher than the applicable statutory rate primarily due to the impact of nondeductible compensation expense, other nondeductible expenses and other permanent adjustments, partially offset by investments in tax-exempt instruments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, the effective tax rate was higher than the applicable statutory rate primarily due to the impact of nondeductible expenses, nondeductible compensation expense and other permanent adjustments, partially offset by the discrete impact of restricted stock vesting during the quarter and investments in tax-exempt instruments.

Segment Results

Banking Segment

The following table presents certain information about the operating results of our banking segment (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, **** Variance Six Months Ended June 30, **** Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Net interest income $ 94,919 $ 92,458 $ 2,461 $ 185,469 $ 184,064 $ 1,405
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses (7,343) 10,950 (18,293) 2,029 8,097 (6,068)
Noninterest income 11,892 9,255 2,637 22,702 21,158 1,544
Noninterest expense 59,226 57,950 1,276 111,156 113,970 (2,814)
Income before income taxes $ 54,928 $ 32,813 $ 22,115 $ 94,986 $ 83,155 $ 11,831

​ 60

Table of Contents The increase in income before income taxes during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, was primarily due to a reversal of credit losses and increases in net interest income and noninterest income. The increase in income before income taxes during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to decreases in the provision for credit losses and noninterest expense and an increase in net interest income. This decrease in noninterest expense was driven by the settlement and receipt of funds during the first quarter of 2025 that reimbursed the Bank for legal fees previously incurred. Changes to net interest income related to the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items are discussed in more detail below.

As discussed in more detail below, the banking segment’s cost of deposits decreased during the first six months of 2025. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased during the first half of 2025, partially offset by continued competition for liquidity and customers seeking higher yields on deposits. We are actively managing our overall deposit costs. Future decisions on the costs of deposits will be determined based on factors including, but not limited to future changes in the target range for the federal funds rate, our customers’ appetite for higher yields on deposits, and our overall liquidity profile.

The information shown in the table below includes certain key indicators of the performance and asset quality of our banking segment.

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024
Efficiency ratio ^(1)^ 55.45 % 56.97 % 53.40 % 55.54 %
Return on average assets ^(2)^ 1.35 % 0.81 % 1.15 % 1.00 %
Net interest margin ^(3)^ 3.16 % 3.10 % 3.06 % 3.05 %
Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans outstanding ^(4)^ (0.05) % (0.00) % (0.14) % (0.11) %
(1) Efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expenses divided by the sum of total noninterest income and net interest income for the period. We consider the efficiency ratio to be a measure of the banking segment’s profitability.
--- ---
(2) Return on average assets is defined as net income before noncontrolling interest divided by average assets.
--- ---
(3) Net interest margin is defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. We consider net interest margin as a key indicator of profitability, as it represents interest earned on interest-earning assets compared to interest incurred.
--- ---
(4) Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans outstanding is defined as the greater of recoveries or charge-offs during the reported period minus charge-offs or recoveries divided by average loans outstanding. We use the ratio to measure the credit performance of our loan portfolio.
--- ---

The banking segment presents net interest margin and net interest income in the following discussion and table below on a taxable equivalent basis. Net interest margin (taxable equivalent), a non-GAAP measure, is defined as taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Taxable equivalent adjustments are based on the applicable corporate federal income tax rate of 21% for all periods presented. The banking segment performs periodic reviews of the classification and categorization of the components impacting the calculation of net interest margin. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments.

During the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, purchase accounting contributed 3 and 7 basis points, respectively, to the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin of 3.17% and 3.10%, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, purchase accounting contributed 3 and 6 basis points, respectively, to the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin of 3.07% and 3.05%, respectively. These purchase accounting items are primarily related to accretion of discount of loans associated with the Bank Transactions presented in the Consolidated Operating Results section.

​ 61

Table of Contents The tables below provide additional details regarding our banking segment’s net interest income (dollars in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
**** Average **** Interest **** Annualized **** Average **** Interest **** Annualized ****
Outstanding Earned Yield or Outstanding Earned Yield or
Balance or Paid Rate Balance or Paid Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $ 29,303 $ 257 3.47 % $ 19,582 $ %
Loans held for investment, gross ^(1)^ 7,699,335 111,540 5.81 % 7,748,014 117,945 6.11 %
Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit 911,850 16,137 7.00 % 891,298 17,951 7.97 %
Investment securities - taxable 2,080,298 17,222 3.28 % 2,100,822 17,798 3.39 %
Investment securities - non-taxable ^(2)^ 106,546 960 3.60 % 110,571 938 3.39 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell 63,567 732 4.62 % 65,499 921 5.64 %
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,113,625 12,326 4.44 % 1,000,888 13,572 5.44 %
Other 38,033 411 4.33 % 37,518 445 4.76 %
Interest-earning assets, gross ^(2)^ 12,042,557 159,585 5.32 % 11,974,192 169,570 5.68 %
Allowance for credit losses (105,727) (104,454)
Interest-earning assets, net 11,936,830 11,869,738
Noninterest-earning assets 750,466 797,140
Total assets $ 12,687,296 $ 12,666,878
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 7,912,724 $ 62,672 3.18 % $ 7,520,394 $ 73,493 3.92 %
Notes payable and other borrowings 295,822 1,804 2.45 % 417,951 3,473 3.33 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 8,208,546 64,476 3.15 % 7,938,345 76,966 3.89 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits 2,902,062 2,993,763
Other liabilities 85,018 149,510
Total liabilities 11,195,626 11,081,618
Stockholders’ equity 1,491,670 1,585,260
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 12,687,296 $ 12,666,878
Net interest income ^(2)^ $ 95,109 $ 92,604
Net interest spread ^(2)^ 2.17 % 1.79 %
Net interest margin ^(2)^ 3.17 % 3.10 %

Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
**** Average **** Interest **** Annualized **** Average **** Interest **** Annualized ****
Outstanding Earned Yield or Outstanding Earned Yield or
Balance or Paid Rate Balance or Paid Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $ 23,006 $ 653 5.68 % $ 9,965 $ %
Loans held for investment, gross ^(1)^ 7,643,058 219,349 5.79 % 7,725,806 233,447 6.06 %
Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit 808,519 28,434 6.99 % 823,946 33,282 8.08 %
Investment securities - taxable 2,048,746 33,258 3.25 % 2,134,407 35,893 3.36 %
Investment securities - non-taxable ^(2)^ 106,887 1,881 3.52 % 111,076 1,878 3.38 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell 55,221 1,268 4.63 % 68,027 1,923 5.67 %
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,479,977 32,627 4.45 % 1,207,595 32,817 5.45 %
Other 38,562 810 4.23 % 37,466 870 4.66 %
Interest-earning assets, gross ^(2)^ 12,203,976 318,280 5.26 % 12,118,288 340,110 5.63 %
Allowance for credit losses (103,197) (107,472)
Interest-earning assets, net 12,100,779 12,010,816
Noninterest-earning assets 750,471 798,278
Total assets $ 12,851,250 $ 12,809,094
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 8,034,246 $ 128,257 3.22 % $ 7,586,946 $ 148,401 3.92 %
Notes payable and other borrowings 334,401 4,215 2.54 % 438,851 7,355 3.36 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 8,368,647 132,472 3.19 % 8,025,797 155,756 3.89 %
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits 2,902,879 3,050,823
Other liabilities 90,618 154,411
Total liabilities 11,362,144 11,231,031
Stockholders’ equity 1,489,106 1,578,063
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 12,851,250 $ 12,809,094
Net interest income ^(2)^ $ 185,808 $ 184,354
Net interest spread ^(2)^ 2.07 % 1.74 %
Net interest margin ^(2)^ 3.07 % 3.05 %

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans.
(2) Presented on a taxable equivalent basis with annualized taxable equivalent adjustments based on the applicable corporate federal income tax rates of 21% for all the periods presented. The adjustment to interest income was $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
--- ---

62

Table of Contents ​

The banking segment’s net interest margin exceeds our consolidated net interest margin. Our consolidated net interest margin includes certain items that are not reflected in the calculation of our net interest margin within our banking segment and reduce our consolidated net interest margin, such as the borrowing costs of Hilltop and the yields and costs associated with certain items within interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, such as securities borrowed in the broker-dealer segment and securities loaned in the broker-dealer segment, including items related to securities financing operations that particularly decrease net interest margin. In addition, yields and costs on certain interest-earning assets, such as lines of credit extended to other operating segments by the banking segment, are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

The following table summarizes the changes in the banking segment’s net interest income for the periods indicated below, including the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 vs. 2024 2025 vs. 2024
Change Due To^(1)^ Change Due To^(1)^
**** Volume **** Yield/Rate **** Change **** Volume **** Yield/Rate **** Change
Interest income
Loans held for sale $ $ 257 $ 257 $ $ 653 $ 653
Loans held for investment, gross ^(2)^ (742) (5,663) (6,405) (2,487) (11,611) (14,098)
Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit ^(3)^ 408 (2,222) (1,814) (618) (4,230) (4,848)
Investment securities - taxable (173) (403) (576) (1,429) (1,206) (2,635)
Investment securities - non-taxable ^(4)^ (34) 56 22 (70) 73 3
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell (27) (162) (189) (360) (295) (655)
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,529 (2,775) (1,246) 7,361 (7,551) (190)
Other 6 (40) (34) 25 (85) (60)
Total interest income ^(4)^ 967 (10,952) (9,985) 2,422 (24,252) (21,830)
Interest expense
Deposits $ 3,834 $ (14,655) $ (10,821) $ 8,701 $ (28,845) $ (20,144)
Notes payable and other borrowings (1,015) (654) (1,669) (1,741) (1,399) (3,140)
Total interest expense 2,819 (15,309) (12,490) 6,960 (30,244) (23,284)
Net interest income ^(4)^ $ (1,852) $ 4,357 $ 2,505 $ (4,538) $ 5,992 $ 1,454
(1) Changes attributable to both volume and yield/rate are included in yield/rate column.
--- ---
(2) Changes in the yields earned on loans held for investment, gross included declines of $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in accretion of discount on loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024. Accretion of discount on loans is expected to decrease in future periods as loans acquired in the Bank Transactions are repaid, refinanced or renewed.
--- ---
(3) Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit extended to PrimeLending are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.
--- ---
(4) Annualized taxable equivalent.
--- ---

With regard to net interest income, as of June 30, 2025, the banking segment maintained an asset sensitive rate risk position, meaning the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of declining interest rates, being asset sensitive tends to result in a decrease in net interest income, but during a period of rising interest rates, being asset sensitive tends to result in an increase in net interest income. Given projected impacts on net interest income associated with the expected transition into the next phase of the interest rate cycle, we continue to evaluate our current GAP position, which may result in a repositioning of the banking segment towards a more neutral or liability sensitive balance sheet.

The increases in net interest income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, as noted in the table above, were driven by decreased earnings on interest-earning assets, primarily loan and warehouse line of credit yields and investment securities, significantly offset by the decreased funding costs on our deposit products from rate decreases. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 70 basis points from 3.89% for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to 3.19% for the six months ended June 30, 2025, while the average yield 63

Table of Contents on interest-earning assets decreased 37 basis points from 5.63% for the six months ended June 30, 2024 to 5.26% for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Our portfolio includes loans that periodically reprice or mature prior to the end of an amortized term. The extent and timing of this impact on interest income will ultimately be driven by the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate and yield curve movements, as well as changes in market conditions and timing of management strategies. At June 30, 2025, approximately $491 million of our floating rate loans held for investment remained at or below their applicable rate floor, exclusive of our mortgage warehouse lending program, of which approximately 61% are not scheduled to reprice for more than one year based upon agreed-upon terms. If interest rates were to continue to fall, the impact on our interest income for certain variable-rate loans would be limited by these rate floors. If interest rates rise, yields on the portion of our loan portfolio that remain at applicable rate floors would rise more slowly than increases in market interest rates, unless such loans are refinanced or repaid. Competition for loan growth could also continue to put pressure on new loan origination rates.

Additionally, within our banking segment, the composition of the deposit base and ultimate cost of funds on deposits and net interest income are affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors, the volatility of equity markets and other factors. Deposit products and pricing structures relative to the market are regularly evaluated to maintain competitiveness over time. As discussed above, our cost of deposits decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same periods of 2024. We expect such costs during the remainder of 2025 to continue to be driven by various factors, including, but not limited to future changes in the target range for the federal funds rate, our customers’ appetite for higher yields on deposits, and our overall liquidity profile. The Bank’s deposit base primarily includes a combination of commercial, wealth and public funds deposits, without a high level of industry concentration. At June 30, 2025, total estimated uninsured deposits were $5.2 billion, or approximately 50% of total deposits, while estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized deposits of $347.3 million and internal accounts of $420.7 million, were $4.5 billion, or approximately 43% of total deposits.

Refer to the discussion in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Banking Segment” section that follows for more detail regarding the Bank’s activities regarding deposits, available liquidity and borrowing capacity.

To help mitigate net interest income spread volatility between our assets and liabilities, management maintains derivative trades, as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges, that better align repricing characteristics. Despite having these hedges in place, changes in interest rates across the term structure may continue to impact net interest income and net interest margin. The impact of rate movements will change with the shape of the yield curve, including any changes in steepness or flatness and inversions at any points on the yield curve.

The banking segment retained approximately $43.2 million and $39.6 million in mortgage loans originated by the mortgage origination segment during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $105.7 million and $71.9 million in mortgage loans originated by the mortgage origination segment during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These loans are purchased by the banking segment at par. For origination services provided, the banking segment reimburses the mortgage origination segment for direct origination costs associated with these mortgage loans, in addition to payment of a correspondent fee. The correspondent fees are eliminated in consolidation. The determination of mortgage loan retention levels by the banking segment will be impacted by, among other things, an ongoing review of the prevailing mortgage rates, balance sheet positioning at Hilltop and the banking segment’s outlook for commercial loan growth.

The banking segment’s provision for (reversal of) credit losses has been subject to significant year-over-year and quarterly changes primarily attributable to the effects of changes in economic outlook, macroeconomic forecast assumptions and the resulting impact on reserves. During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the reversal of credit losses was primarily driven by changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans, loan portfolio changes and net charge-offs, partially offset by a build in the allowance related to specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, since the prior quarter. The provision for credit losses during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was primarily driven a build in the allowance related to loan portfolio changes and specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, partially offset by net charge-offs and changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans. The net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included a provision for credit losses of $1.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively, while collectively evaluated loans during the three and six 64

Table of Contents months ended June 30, 2025 included a reversal of credit losses of $9.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The changes in the allowance for credit losses during the noted periods also reflected other factors including, but not limited to, the change in economic scenario, loan mix, and changes in loan balances and qualitative factors from the prior quarter. The change in the allowance for credit losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 was also impacted by net charge-offs of $0.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively. Refer to the discussion in the “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” section that follows for more details regarding the significant assumptions and estimates involved in estimating credit losses.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses reflected a build in the allowance related to specific reserves and loan portfolio changes within the banking segment, slightly offset by improvements to the U.S. economic outlook. The net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 included a provision for credit losses of $8.0 million and $12.1 million, respectively, while collectively evaluated loans included a provision for credit losses of $3.0 million and a reversal of credit losses of $4.0 million, respectively. The change in the allowance for credit losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024 was also impacted by net charge-offs of $0.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The changes in the allowance for credit losses during the noted periods also reflected other factors including, but not limited to, loan growth, loan mix and changes in risk grades and qualitative factors from the prior quarter.

The banking segment’s noninterest income increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, primarily due to the receipt of a legal restitution payment during the second quarter of 2025 that compensated the Bank for previously incurred losses.

The banking segment’s noninterest expense increased during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, primarily due to occupancy and equipment expenses and professional fees, partially offset by a decrease in employees’ compensation and benefits. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, noninterest expense declined primarily due to a decrease in professional fees, partially offset by an increase in employees’ compensation and benefits. The decrease in professional fees was driven by the settlement and receipt of $6.5 million during the first quarter of 2025 that reimbursed the Bank for legal fees previously incurred.

​ 65

Table of Contents Broker-Dealer Segment

The following table provides additional details regarding our broker-dealer segment operating results (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Variance Six Months Ended June 30, Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Net interest income:
Wealth management:
Securities lending $ 2,882 $ 1,637 $ 1,245 $ 3,955 $ 3,159 $ 796
Clearing services 2,249 2,667 (418) 4,794 5,317 (523)
Structured finance ^(1)^ 2,751 2,084 667 5,413 3,853 1,560
Fixed income services ^(1)^ 140 (944) 1,084 (28) (1,600) 1,572
Other ^(1)^ 5,129 6,774 (1,645) 10,585 13,757 (3,172)
Total net interest income 13,151 12,218 933 24,719 24,486 233
Noninterest income:
Securities commissions and fees by business line ^(2)^:
Fixed income services ^(1)^ 4,547 4,648 (101) 8,437 10,088 (1,651)
Wealth management:
Retail ^(1)^ 19,305 18,157 1,148 39,166 36,895 2,271
Clearing services 8,771 8,656 115 17,814 18,026 (212)
Structured finance ^(1)^ 4,842 3,221 1,621 9,728 6,092 3,636
Other ^(1)^ 380 1,239 (859) 1,293 1,947 (654)
37,845 35,921 1,924 76,438 73,048 3,390
Investment and securities advisory fees and commissions by business line ^(3)^:
Public finance services ^(1)^ 30,800 22,383 8,417 56,189 41,234 14,955
Fixed income services ^(1)^ 1,562 832 730 1,658 2,901 (1,243)
Wealth management:
Retail 10,219 8,894 1,325 20,217 17,438 2,779
Clearing services 576 452 124 1,114 888 226
Structured finance ^(1)^ 548 350 198 1,151 597 554
Other 64 81 (17) 161 160 1
43,769 32,992 10,777 80,490 63,218 17,272
Other:
Structured finance ^(1)^ 6,018 11,770 (5,752) 20,018 38,768 (18,750)
Fixed income services ^(1)^ 6,425 5,169 1,256 11,489 11,902 (413)
Other ^(1)^ 2,445 6,201 (3,756) 5,004 9,695 (4,691)
14,888 23,140 (8,252) 36,511 60,365 (23,854)
Total noninterest income 96,502 92,053 4,449 193,439 196,631 (3,192)
Net revenue ^(4)^ 109,653 104,271 5,382 218,158 221,117 (2,959)
Noninterest expense:
Variable compensation ^(5)^ 36,172 32,734 3,438 69,455 68,009 1,446
Non-variable compensation and benefits 37,321 33,447 3,874 72,102 67,629 4,473
Segment operating costs ^(6)^ 29,763 30,865 (1,102) 60,988 59,336 1,652
Total noninterest expense 103,256 97,046 6,210 202,545 194,974 7,571
Income before income taxes $ 6,397 $ 7,225 $ (828) $ 15,613 $ 26,143 $ (10,530)
(1) Noted balances during the prior period include certain reclassifications due to the restructuring of certain business lines to conform to current period presentation.
--- ---
(2) Securities commissions and fees includes income from FDIC sweep investments with the banking segment of $4.8 million and $6.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $9.7 million and $13.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, that is eliminated in consolidation.
--- ---
(3) Investment and securities advisory fees and commissions includes a de minimis amount and $0.1 million of income from the securitization of Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans originated with the banking segment during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, that is eliminated in consolidation.
--- ---
(4) Net revenue is defined as the sum of total net interest income and total noninterest income. We consider net revenue to be a key performance measure in the evaluation of the broker-dealer segment’s financial position and operating performance as we believe it is the primary revenue performance measure used by investors and analysts. Net revenue provides for some level of comparability of trends across the financial services industry as it reflects both noninterest income, including investment and securities advisory fees and commissions, as well as net interest income. Internally, we assess the broker-dealer segment’s performance on a net revenue basis for comparability with our banking segment.
--- ---
(5) Variable compensation represents performance-based commissions and incentives.
--- ---
(6) Segment operating costs include provision for (reversal of) credit losses associated with the broker-dealer segment within other noninterest expenses.
--- ---

The increase in net revenue and for the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, was primarily due to improved results within our public finance services, fixed income services and wealth management business lines, partially offset by a period-over-period decrease in results within our structured finance business line. The increase in net revenues in the broker-dealer segment’s public finance services business line was primarily due to improved fees earned from banking services. The increase in the fixed income business line’s net revenues was due primarily to improved revenue earned on municipal trading activities. The increase in the wealth management business line’s net revenue was driven by an increase in advisory fees revenues generated from customer assets under management. The decrease in the structured finance business line’s net revenues was primarily due to a decrease in trading gains from the U.S. Agency to-be-announced (“TBA”) business. Income before income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was impacted by the increases in net revenue as described above and a net increase in noninterest expenses.

​ 66

Table of Contents The decrease in net revenue and income before income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024, were primarily due to declines in period-over-period results within our structured finance and fixed income services business lines, partially offset by improved results within our public finance services and wealth management business lines. The decrease in the structured finance business line’s net revenues was primarily due to a decrease in trading gains from the to-be-announced (“TBA”) business partially offset by commissions earned on commodities and securitized mortgage-backed securities transactions. The decrease in fixed income services business line’s net revenues was primarily due to market conditions resulting in the decrease in earnings from fixed income sales and trading activities, in particular, from credit products, partially offset by the relative strength in municipal products. The increase in net revenues in the broker-dealer segment’s public finance services business line was primarily due to improved fees earned from banking services. The increase in the wealth management business line’s net revenue was driven by an increase in advisory fees revenues generated from customer assets under management, partially offset by fees earned from our FDIC sweep program on lower balances period-over-period. Income before income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was impacted by the decreases in net revenue as described above and a net increase in noninterest expenses.

The broker-dealer segment is subject to interest rate risk as a consequence of maintaining inventory positions, trading in interest rate sensitive financial instruments and maintaining a matched stock loan book. Changes in interest rates are likely to have a meaningful impact on our overall financial performance. Our broker-dealer segment has historically earned a significant portion of its revenues from advisory fees upon the successful completion of client transactions, which could be adversely impacted by interest rate volatility. Rapid or significant changes in interest rates could adversely affect the broker-dealer segment’s bond trading, sales, underwriting activities and other interest spread-sensitive activities. The broker-dealer segment also receives administrative fees for providing money market and FDIC investment alternatives to clients, which tend to be sensitive to short-term interest rates. In addition, the profitability of the broker-dealer segment depends, to an extent, on the spread between revenues earned on customer loans and excess customer cash balances, and the interest expense paid on customer cash balances, as well as the interest revenue earned on trading securities, net of financing costs. The broker-dealer segment is also exposed to interest rate risk through its structured finance business line, which is dependent on mortgage loan production that tends to be adversely impacted by interest rate volatility that may result in valuation-related adjustments.

In the broker-dealer segment, interest is earned from securities lending activities, interest charged on customer margin loan balances and interest earned on trading securities used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. The increase in net interest income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, were primarily due to the increase in net interest income earned on inventory positions within the fixed income services business line.

Noninterest income increased during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and decreased during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, due to a decrease in other income, partially offset by increases in securities commissions and fees and investment and securities advisory fees.

Securities commissions and fees increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, primarily due to an increase in commodities and insurance product sales commissions.

Investment and securities advisory fees and commissions increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, primarily due to increases in fees earned from managed assets and public finance services.

The decrease in other noninterest income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, were primarily due to a reduction in trading gains earned from structured finance business line due to less favorable market conditions and a second quarter 2024 distribution received on investments that did not recur in the current period.

The increase in noninterest expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same periods in 2024, were primarily due to increases in employee benefits, primarily employee health insurance and severance expenses, partially offset by a decrease in legal expenses.

​ 67

Table of Contents Selected information concerning the broker-dealer segment, including key performance indicators, follows (dollars in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
**** ​ 2025 2024 2025 2024
Total compensation as a % of net revenue ^(1)^ 67.0 % 63.5 % 64.9 % 61.3 %
Pre-tax margin ^(2)^ 5.8 % 6.9 % 7.2 % 11.8 %
FDIC insured program balances at the Bank (end of period) $ 550,971 $ 758,292
Other FDIC insured program balances (end of period) $ 1,187,873 $ 981,548
Customer funds on deposit, including short credits (end of period) $ 200,199 $ 201,390
Public finance services:
Number of issues ^(3)^ 299 263 487 438
Aggregate amount of offerings ^(3)^ $ 23,589,088 $ 15,724,661 $ 37,516,789 $ 28,381,498
Structured finance:
Lock production/TBA volume $ 1,153,810 $ 834,520 $ 1,965,711 $ 1,448,702
Fixed income services:
Total volumes $ 48,567,691 $ 115,243,095 $ 96,018,002 $ 203,299,886
Net inventory (end of period) $ 615,949 $ 645,781
Wealth management (Retail and Clearing services groups):
Retail employee representatives (end of period) 90 89
Independent registered representatives (end of period) 159 171
Correspondents (end of period) 95 99
Correspondent receivables (end of period) $ 105,044 $ 142,591
Customer margin balances (end of period) $ 222,033 $ 200,030
Wealth management (Securities lending group):
Interest-earning assets - stock borrowed (end of period) ^(3)^ $ 1,436,594 $ 1,258,764
Interest-bearing liabilities - stock loaned (end of period) $ 1,426,924 $ 1,244,028
(1) Total compensation includes the sum of non-variable compensation and benefits and variable compensation. We consider total compensation as a percentage of net revenue to be a key performance measure and indicator of segment profitability.
--- ---
(2) Pre-tax margin is defined as income before income taxes divided by net revenue. We consider pre-tax margin to be a key performance measure given its use as a profitability metric representing the percentage of net revenue earned that results in a profit.
--- ---
(3) Noted balances during all prior periods include certain reclassifications to conform to current period presentation.
--- ---

Mortgage Origination Segment

The following table presents certain information regarding the operating results of our mortgage origination segment (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, **** Variance Six Months Ended June 30, **** Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Net interest expense $ (2,302) $ (4,571) $ 2,269 $ (3,699) $ (8,823) $ 5,124
Noninterest income 90,248 92,867 (2,619) 158,023 159,567 (1,544)
Noninterest expense 84,736 86,946 (2,210) 159,396 165,843 (6,447)
Income (loss) before income taxes $ 3,210 $ 1,350 $ 1,860 $ (5,072) $ (15,099) $ 10,027

The mortgage lending business is subject to variables that can impact loan origination volume, including seasonal transaction volumes and interest rate fluctuations. Historically, the mortgage origination segment has experienced increased loan origination volume from home purchases during the spring and summer months to varying degrees, when more people tend to move and sell or buy homes. A decrease in mortgage interest rates tends to result in increased loan origination volume from refinancings, while an increase in mortgage interest rates tends to result in decreased loan origination volume from refinancings. Changes in mortgage interest rates have historically had a lesser impact on home purchases volume than on refinancing volume. As mortgage interest rates fluctuated slightly during the first half of 2025, the mortgage origination segment experienced a minor increase in refinancings as a percentage of total loan origination volume when compared to the same period in 2024. See details regarding loan origination volume in the table below.

Recent trends, as well as typical historical patterns in loan origination volume from home purchases and refinancings because of movements in mortgage interest rates, may not be indicative of future loan origination volumes. During 2024 and through the first six months of 2025, certain events initially triggered as early as 2022 have continued to challenge total mortgage market origination volumes because of their effect on the economy, including an increase in average interest rates during this period when compared to the average of the three years prior to 2023, the Federal Reserve’s actions and communications, and geopolitical events. More recently, the Unites States government’s position on increasing tariffs on foreign imports and reciprocal tariffs imposed by numerous United States foreign trading partners 68

Table of Contents on United States exports and the government’s recent passage of a comprehensive tax and spending bill have added to uncertainties associated with the economy. These events have adversely impacted the willingness and ability of some mortgage origination segment’s customers to conduct mortgage transactions. While prolonged shortages of home inventories have recently shown some improvement, affordability challenges, in addition to uncertainties about the economy, continue to negatively impact customers’ abilities to purchase homes. Between September 2024 and December 2024, the Federal Reserve cut the target range for the federal funds rate by 100 basis points to 4.25% - 4.5%. These were the first reductions since March 2022 when the target range was 0.25% - 0.50%. No Federal Reserve cuts were made during the first half of 2025. Despite the reduction in the federal fund rates since September 2024, average mortgage interest rates increased during the first half of 2025, when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. We expect loan production during the third quarter of 2025 to approximate the second quarter of 2025 due to continuation of seasonal home purchase activity.

PrimeLending continues to evaluate its cost structure to address the current mortgage environment and we believe that ongoing initiatives are critical to improving PrimeLending’s short- and long-term financial condition and operating results. Due to conditions and challenges discussed in detail within this section of segment results, the mortgage origination segment experienced operating losses during 2024 and the first quarter of 2025. While the mortgage origination segment reported income before income taxes during the second quarter of 2025, an operating loss would have been experienced if not for the receipt by PrimeLending of $9.5 million associated with prior legal settlements. In light of these current macroeconomic challenges in the mortgage industry including tight housing inventories and mortgage interest rate levels, the fair value of the mortgage origination reporting unit may decline, and we may be required to record a goodwill impairment charge. These conditions will continue to be considered during future impairment evaluations of goodwill.

As a Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) approved lender, we are subject to minimum capital, leverage, net worth and liquidity requirements established by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and GNMA, including timely reporting if a quarter’s operating loss exceeds more than 20% of its previous quarter or year-end net worth (the “operating loss ratio”) and/or if a quarter’s leverage ratio is below 6% (the “GNMA leverage ratio”). If this occurs, certain additional financial reporting submissions are required. During the first quarter of 2024, the HUD operating loss ratio was 22.6%, while during the second quarter of 2024, PrimeLending reported a HUD operating gain. During the third and fourth quarters of 2024 and the first quarter of 2025, the operating loss ratios were below the 20% threshold at 14.4%, 16.6% and 12.9%, respectively. PrimeLending reported a HUD operating gain during the second quarter of 2025. During the first and second quarters of 2024, the GNMA leverage ratio was 5.56% and 4.41%, respectively. Including two $10 million capital infusions received by PrimeLending from its parent company, PlainsCapital Bank, in September and December 2024, the GNMA leverage ratio increased to 6.38% and 6.36% during the third and fourth quarters of 2024, respectively. During March and June of 2025, PrimeLending received additional capital infusions from PlainsCapital Bank totaling $10 million and $5 million, respectively, and the GNMA leverage ratio remained above the required 6% at 7.12% and 6.30% during the first and second quarter of 2025, respectively. Any of these trends requiring notification to GNMA and HUD have been reported to those entities, respectively. Such capital infusions are likely in future periods, including those in the near-term, based on various factors including PrimeLending’s financial performance.

In addition, as a Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) approved lender, we are subject to certain minimum capital, net worth and liquidity requirements established by FNMA and FHLMC, including maintaining a minimum capital ratio of 6% (the “FNMA/FHLMC capital ratio”). During the first quarter of 2024, the FNMA/FHLMC capital ratio exceeded the required 6%, however during the second quarter of 2024, the FNMA/FHLMC capital ratio decreased to 5.52%. During the third and fourth quarters of 2024 and the first and second quarters of 2025, the capital ratio, including the capital infusions previously noted, exceeded the required 6%. FNMA and FHLMC may also monitor additional financial performance trends at their discretion, including risk-based analyses focused on loans that the mortgage origination segment is currently responsible for representations and warranties that agency loans sold meet certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. One FNMA discretionary performance trend monitors the change in adjusted net worth during the prior twelve months. FNMA’s acceptable threshold for this performance trend is less than minus 30%, but is only considered if a company has four consecutive quarterly losses. During the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2024, PrimeLending experienced four consecutive quarterly losses; the loss ratio during these periods were 37.5%, 28.9%, 23.9% and 13.7%, respectively. PrimeLending also recognized four consecutive quarterly losses during the first quarter of 2025, when the loss ratio was 69

Table of Contents 10.5%. During the second quarter of 2025 PrimeLending reported an operating gain. Any of these trends requiring notification to FNMA and FHLMC have been reported to those entities, respectively.

Income before income taxes increased $1.9 million, or 137.8%, during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily the result of decreases in noninterest expense and net interest expense. The loss before income taxes decreased during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with the same period in 2024. The decrease was primarily the result of decreases in noninterest expense and net interest expense.

During 2022 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2023, the average quarterly U.S. 10-Year Treasury Rate and mortgage interest rates increased significantly. During 2024 and the first half of 2025 both rates fluctuated modestly. More specifically average interest rates during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 were relatively flat compared to average interest rates during the same periods in 2024. Refinancing volume as a percentage of total origination volume was higher during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 at 10.8% and 11.4%, respectively, as compared to 7.3% and 7.4%, respectively, during the same periods in 2024. Although we anticipate a slightly higher percentage of refinancing volume relative to total loan origination volume during 2025, as compared to 2024, an even higher refinance percentage could be driven by a slowing of purchase volume due to the negative impact on new and existing home sales resulting from buyers’ concerns regarding economic uncertainties and affordability challenges related to new home construction, and/or an increase in all-cash buyers.

The mortgage origination segment primarily originates its mortgage loans through a retail channel, with limited lending through its affiliated business arrangements (“ABAs”). For the six months ended June 30, 2025, funded volume through ABAs was approximately 13% of the mortgage origination segment’s total loan volume. Currently, PrimeLending owns a greater than 50% membership interest in two ABAs. We expect total production within the ABA channel to continue to approximate 13% of loan volume of the mortgage origination segment during the remainder of 2025.

The following table provides further details regarding our mortgage loan originations and sales for the periods indicated below (dollars in thousands). Loan volumes associated with mortgage loan transactions facilitated between PrimeLending and third-party mortgage lenders when requested products are not offered by PrimeLending are included in mortgage loan origination units and volume and are not included in mortgage loan sales volume below.

Three Months Ended June 30, **** Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024 2025 2024
**** **** **** % of **** **** **** % of **** Variance **** **** **** % of **** **** **** % of **** Variance
Amount Total Amount Total **** 2025 vs 2024 Amount Total Amount Total 2025 vs 2024
Mortgage Loan Originations - units 7,434 7,438 (4) 12,807 12,849 (42)
Mortgage Loan Originations - volume:
Conventional $ 1,359,772 55.90 % $ 1,423,789 59.84 % $ (64,017) $ 2,324,975 55.69 % $ 2,439,985 60.16 % $ (115,010)
Government 557,762 22.93 % 485,741 20.42 % 72,021 958,950 22.97 % 886,101 21.85 % 72,849
Jumbo 157,090 6.46 % 146,405 6.15 % 10,685 275,182 6.59 % 211,323 5.21 % 63,859
Other 357,895 14.71 % 323,363 13.59 % 34,532 615,753 14.75 % 518,375 12.78 % 97,378
$ 2,432,519 100.00 % $ 2,379,298 100.00 % $ 53,221 $ 4,174,860 100.00 % $ 4,055,784 100.00 % $ 119,076
Home purchases $ 2,168,690 89.15 % $ 2,205,157 92.68 % $ (36,467) $ 3,697,250 88.56 % $ 3,754,098 92.56 % $ (56,848)
Refinancings 263,829 10.85 % 174,141 7.32 % 89,688 477,610 11.44 % 301,686 7.44 % 175,924
$ 2,432,519 100.00 % $ 2,379,298 100.00 % $ 53,221 $ 4,174,860 100.00 % $ 4,055,784 100.00 % $ 119,076
Texas $ 716,022 29.44 % $ 709,383 29.81 % $ 6,639 $ 1,264,632 30.29 % $ 1,287,075 31.73 % $ (22,443)
California 185,131 7.61 % 196,939 8.28 % (11,808) 321,525 7.70 % 316,147 7.79 % 5,378
South Carolina 143,254 5.89 % 142,609 5.99 % 645 240,131 5.75 % 224,220 5.53 % 15,911
Missouri 115,480 4.75 % 114,669 4.82 % 811 180,661 4.33 % 183,103 4.51 % (2,442)
New York 95,580 3.93 % 84,702 3.56 % 10,878 162,181 3.88 % 153,172 3.78 % 9,009
Florida 87,550 3.60 % 93,758 3.94 % (6,208) 160,898 3.85 % 165,134 4.07 % (4,236)
Arizona 76,080 3.13 % 68,463 2.88 % 7,617 135,837 3.25 % 127,653 3.15 % 8,184
Ohio 74,955 3.08 % 73,474 3.09 % 1,481 131,005 3.14 % 118,976 2.93 % 12,029
Washington 68,200 2.80 % 67,511 2.84 % 689 115,347 2.76 % 112,103 2.76 % 3,244
Colorado 49,967 2.05 % 42,899 1.80 % 7,068 88,270 2.11 % 70,088 1.73 % 18,182
All other states 820,300 33.72 % 784,891 32.99 % 35,409 1,374,373 32.94 % 1,298,113 32.02 % 76,260
$ 2,432,519 100.00 % $ 2,379,298 100.00 % $ 53,221 $ 4,174,860 100.00 % $ 4,055,784 100.00 % $ 119,076
Mortgage Loan Sales - volume:
Third parties $ 2,092,058 97.98 % $ 1,799,284 97.85 % $ 292,774 $ 3,774,106 97.27 % $ 3,516,814 98.00 % $ 257,292
Banking segment 43,233 2.02 % 39,557 2.15 % 3,676 105,740 2.73 % 71,885 2.00 % 33,855
$ 2,135,291 100.00 % $ 1,838,841 100.00 % $ 296,450 $ 3,879,846 100.00 % $ 3,588,699 100.00 % $ 291,147

​ 70

Table of Contents We consider the mortgage origination segment’s total loan origination volume to be a key performance measure. Loan origination volume is central to the segment’s ability to generate income by originating and selling mortgage loans, resulting in net gains from the sale of loans, mortgage loan origination fees, and other mortgage production income. Total loan origination volume is a measure utilized by management, our investors, and analysts in assessing market share and growth of the mortgage origination segment.

The mortgage origination segment’s total loan origination volume increased 2.2% and 2.9% during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2024, while the income before income taxes increased 137.8% and the loss before income taxes decreased 66.4% during the same period, respectively. The increase in income before income taxes and the decrease in loss before income taxes during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, when compared to the same periods in 2024, was primarily due to the receipt by PrimeLending of $9.5 million under multiple Settlement Agreements in April 2025. Additionally, contributing to these positive changes were increases in net gains on sale of loans, decreases in the loss on the change in the net fair value and related derivative activity associated with mortgage servicing rights assets, and servicing expense, partially offset by decreases in the gain on the change in the net fair value and related derivative activity associated with interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale, mortgage loan origination fees and other related income, and servicing fees.

The information shown in the table below includes certain additional key performance indicators for the mortgage origination segment.

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024 2025 2024
Net gains from mortgage loan sales (basis points):
Loans sold to third parties 223 223 222 219
Broker fee income ^(1)^ 10 10 10 8
Impact of loans retained by banking segment (5) (5) (6) (4)
As reported 228 228 226 223
Variable compensation as a percentage of total compensation 56.2 % 56.6 % 51.8 % 49.9 %
Mortgage servicing rights asset ($000's) (end of period) ^(2)^ $ 7,887 $ 52,902
(1) Broker fee income is earned by the mortgage origination segment for facilitating mortgage loan transactions between PrimeLending customers and third-party mortgage lenders when the requested loan products are not offered by PrimeLending.
--- ---
(2) Reported on a consolidated basis and therefore does not include mortgage servicing rights assets related to loans serviced for the banking segment, which are eliminated in consolidation.
--- ---

Net interest expense was comprised of interest income earned on loans held for sale offset by interest incurred on warehouse lines of credit with the Bank, and related intercompany financing costs. Net interest expense decreased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the same periods in 2024, primarily due to a decline in the negative net interest margin.

Noninterest income was comprised of the items set forth in the table below (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Variance Six Months Ended June 30, Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Net gains from sale of loans $ 48,647 $ 42,002 $ 6,645 $ 87,643 $ 79,882 $ 7,761
Mortgage loan origination fees and other related income 28,738 34,398 (5,660) 51,189 60,836 (9,647)
Other mortgage production income:
Change in net fair value and related derivative activity:
IRLCs and loans held for sale 3,005 11,130 (8,125) 8,621 15,307 (6,686)
Mortgage servicing rights asset (290) (3,110) 2,820 (548) (13,155) 12,607
Servicing fees 633 8,447 (7,814) 1,603 16,697 (15,094)
Other 9,515 9,515 9,515 9,515
Total noninterest income $ 90,248 $ 92,867 $ (2,619) $ 158,023 $ 159,567 $ (1,544)

Net gains from sale of loans increased 15.8% and 9.7%, while total loans sales volume was flat during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2024. During both periods, the increase in net gains from sales of loans was primarily the result of an increase in mortgage loan sale volume as average loan sale margin remained relatively flat.

Mortgage loan origination fees decreased 16.5% and 15.9% during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2024. During both periods, the decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in average mortgage loan origination fees, partially offset by a slight increase in loan origination volume.

​ 71

Table of Contents In April 2025, PrimeLending entered into multiple legal settlements related to a matter whereby PrimeLending received an aggregate of $9.5 million from the respective parties. The full amount associated with the legal settlements was recorded within other noninterest income during the second quarter of 2025.

Fluctuations in mortgage loan origination fees and net gains on sale of loans are not always aligned with fluctuations in loan origination and loan sale volumes, respectively, since customers may opt to pay PrimeLending discount fees on their mortgage loans, which are included in mortgage loan origination fees, in exchange for a lower interest rate, which decreases the value of a loan in the secondary market.

We consider the mortgage origination segment’s net gains from sale of loans margin, in basis points, to be a key performance measure. Net gains from mortgage loan sales margin is defined as net gains from sale of loans divided by mortgage loan sales volume. The net gains from sale of loans is central to the segment’s generation of income and may include loans sold to third parties and loans sold to and retained by the banking segment. For origination services provided, the mortgage origination segment was reimbursed direct origination costs associated with loans retained by the banking segment, in addition to payment of a correspondent fee. The reimbursed origination costs and correspondent fees are included in the mortgage origination segment operating results, and the correspondent fees are eliminated in consolidation. Loan volumes to be originated on behalf of and retained by the banking segment are evaluated each quarter. Loans sold to and retained by the banking segment during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 were $43.2 million and $39.6 million, respectively, and $105.7 million and $71.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Loan volumes to be originated on behalf of and retained by the banking segment are expected to be impacted by, among other things, an ongoing review of the prevailing mortgage rates, balance sheet positioning at Hilltop and the banking segment’s outlook for commercial loan growth.

Noninterest income included changes in the net fair value of the mortgage origination segment’s interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and loans held for sale and the related activity associated with forward commitments used by the mortgage origination segment to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale (“net fair value of IRLCs and loans held for sale”). The increase in net fair value of IRLCs and loans held for sale during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, was the result of an increase in the total volume of individual IRLCs and loans held for sale, and to a lesser extent, an increase in the average value of individual IRLCs and loans held for sale during both periods.

The mortgage origination segment sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market. In addition, the mortgage origination segment originates loans on behalf of the Bank. The mortgage origination segment’s determination of whether to retain or release servicing on mortgage loans it sells is impacted by, among other things, changes in mortgage interest rates, refinancing and market activity, and balance sheet positioning at Hilltop. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, PrimeLending retained servicing on approximately 4% and 5% of loans sold, compared with approximately 7% and 9% of loans sold during the same periods in 2024. A reduction in third-party mortgage servicers purchasing mortgage servicing rights, even if modest, may result in PrimeLending increasing the rate of retained servicing on mortgage loans sold at any time. The mortgage origination segment may, from time to time, manage its MSR asset through different strategies, including varying the percentage of mortgage loans sold, servicing released and opportunistically selling MSR assets. The mortgage origination segment has also retained servicing on certain loans sold to and retained by the banking segment. Gains and losses associated with such sales to the banking segment and the related MSR asset are eliminated in consolidation.

The mortgage origination segment uses derivative financial instruments, including U.S. Treasury bond futures and options and MBS commitments, to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its MSR asset. Changes in the net fair value of the MSR asset and the related derivatives are associated with normal customer payments, changes in discount rates, prepayment speed assumptions and customer payoffs. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, changes in the net fair value of the MSR asset and the related derivatives resulted in net losses of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, the operating results of the mortgage origination segment were negatively impacted by decreases of $3.1 million and $13.2 million, respectively, in the net fair value of the MSR asset, which included a $7.3 million decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2024, related to a change in the prepayment rates used as inputs to value the MSR asset and to reflect the difference between the MSR carrying value and the sales price reflected in a signed letter of intent. The remaining fluctuations in the net fair value of the MSR asset during the periods were primarily driven by net changes in long-term U.S. Treasury bond rates and customer payoffs and net losses of $2.8 million and $8.5 million generated by the derivatives used to hedge the MSR. During 2024, the 72

Table of Contents mortgage origination segment sold aggregate MSR assets of $87.3 million, which represented $5.2 billion of its serviced loan volume at the time. During the first quarter of 2025, the mortgage origination segment expensed $0.8 million for amounts paid to the purchasers of these MSR assets for loans included in the sale which prepaid within a defined period of time outlined in the sale agreements. As of June 30, 2025, the mortgage origination segment serviced approximately $535.9 million of loan volume, valued at $7.9 million. PrimeLending does not currently expect the level of MSR assets to be significant in the short-term.

Noninterest expenses were comprised of the items set forth in the table below (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Variance Six Months Ended June 30, Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Variable compensation $ 34,975 $ 34,886 $ 89 $ 59,807 $ 57,074 $ 2,733
Non-variable compensation and benefits 27,239 26,738 501 55,746 57,244 (1,498)
Segment operating costs 18,063 18,463 (400) 35,931 38,747 (2,816)
Lender paid closing costs 4,174 1,996 2,178 6,674 3,253 3,421
Servicing expense 285 4,863 (4,578) 1,238 9,525 (8,287)
Total noninterest expense $ 84,736 $ 86,946 $ (2,210) $ 159,396 $ 165,843 $ (6,447)

Total employees’ compensation and benefits accounted for the majority of noninterest expenses incurred during all periods presented. Historically, variable compensation comprises the majority of total employees’ compensation and benefits expenses. Variable compensation, which is primarily driven by loan origination volume, tends to fluctuate to a greater degree than loan origination volume, because mortgage loan originator and fulfillment staff incentive compensation plans are structured to pay at increasing rates as higher monthly volume tiers are achieved. However, certain other incentive compensation plans driven by non-mortgage production criteria may alter this trend.

While total loan origination volume increased 2.2% and 2.9% during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2024, the aggregate non-variable compensation and benefits of the mortgage origination segment increased 1.9% and decreased 2.6%, respectively, during the same periods. This slight increase during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to a one-time severance payments and related payroll tax expense. The decrease in non-variable compensation and benefits for during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to a decrease in salaries associated with reductions in underwriting and loan fulfillment, operations and corporate staff as PrimeLending continued to evaluate its cost structure to address the current mortgage environment. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, segment operating costs decreased, while during the three months ended June 30, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, segment operating costs were relatively flat.

In exchange for a higher interest rate, customers may opt to have PrimeLending pay certain costs associated with the origination of their mortgage loans (“lender paid closing costs”). Fluctuations in lender paid closing costs are not always aligned with fluctuations in loan origination volume. Other loan pricing conditions, including the mortgage loan interest rate, loan origination fees paid by the customer, and a customer’s willingness to pay closing costs, may influence fluctuations in lender paid closing costs.

Between January 1, 2016 and June 30, 2025, the mortgage origination segment sold mortgage loans totaling $136.9 billion. These loans were sold under sales contracts that generally include provisions that hold the mortgage origination segment responsible for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that loans sold meet certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. In addition, the sales contracts typically require the refund of purchased servicing rights plus certain investor servicing costs if a loan experiences an early payment default. While the mortgage origination segment sold loans prior to 2016, it does not anticipate experiencing significant losses in the future on loans originated prior to 2016 as a result of investor claims under these provisions of its sales contracts.

When a claim for indemnification of a loan sold is made by an agency, investor, or other party, the mortgage origination segment evaluates the claim and determines if the claim can be satisfied through additional documentation or other deliverables. If the claim is valid and cannot be satisfied in that manner, the mortgage origination segment negotiates with the claimant to reach a settlement of the claim. Settlements typically result in either the repurchase of a loan or reimbursement to the claimant for losses incurred on the loan.

​ 73

Table of Contents The following is a summary of the mortgage origination segment’s claims resolution activity relating to loans sold between January 1, 2016 and June 30, 2025 (dollars in thousands).

Original **** Loan **** Balance Loss **** Recognized
**** ​ % of **** ​ % of
Amount **** Loans Sold **** Amount **** Loans Sold
Claims resolved with no payment $ 256,172 0.19 % $ %
Claims resolved because of a loan repurchase or payment to an investor for losses incurred ^(1)^ 215,173 0.16 % 25,462 0.02 %
$ 471,345 0.35 % $ 25,462 0.02 %
(1) Losses incurred include refunded purchased servicing rights.
--- ---

For each loan, when the mortgage origination segment concludes its obligation to a claimant is both probable and reasonably estimable, the mortgage origination segment has established a specific claims indemnification liability reserve.

An additional indemnification liability reserve has been established for probable agency, investor or other party losses that may have been incurred, but not yet reported to the mortgage origination segment based upon a reasonable estimate of such losses. Factors considered in the calculation of this reserve include, but are not limited to, the total volume of loans sold exclusive of specific claimant requests, actual claim inquiries, claim settlements and the severity of estimated losses resulting from future claims, and the mortgage origination segment’s history of successfully curing defects identified in claim requests.

Although management considers the total indemnification liability reserve to be appropriate, there may be changes in the reserve over time to address incurred losses due to unanticipated adverse changes in the economy and historical loss patterns, discrete events adversely affecting specific borrowers or industries, and/or actions taken by institutions or investors. The impact of such matters is considered in the reserving process when probable and estimable. During the second quarter of 2024, PrimeLending increased the indemnification reserve rate applied to loans sold subsequent to April 30, 2024, to address recent loss trends. During the second quarter of 2025, there was no adjustment made to the indemnification liability reserve. PrimeLending will continue to monitor agency claim inquiry trends and assess its potential impact on the indemnification liability reserve.

At June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the mortgage origination segment’s total indemnification liability reserve totaled $7.9 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The related provision for indemnification losses was $0.9 million and $0.8 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $1.6 million and $1.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Corporate

The following table presents certain financial information regarding the operating results of corporate (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, **** Variance Six Months Ended June 30, **** Variance
2025 2024 2025 vs 2024 2025 2024 2025 vs 2024
Net interest income (expense) $ (166) $ (3,153) $ 2,987 $ (1,035) $ (6,255) $ 5,220
Noninterest income (628) 6,001 (6,629) 42,751 11,785 30,966
Noninterest expense 14,285 14,716 (431) 40,176 32,101 8,075
Income (loss) before income taxes $ (15,079) $ (11,868) $ (3,211) $ 1,540 $ (26,571) $ 28,111

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, merchant banking investment opportunities and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company. Hilltop’s merchant banking investment activities include the identification of attractive opportunities for capital deployment in companies engaged in non-financial activities through its merchant bank subsidiary, Hilltop Opportunity Partners LLC. These merchant banking activities currently include investments within various industries, including power generation, youth sports and entertainment, dental health, and industrial equipment manufacturing, with an aggregate carrying value of approximately $43 million at June 30, 2025.

As a holding company, Hilltop’s primary investment objectives are to support capital deployment for organic growth and to preserve capital to be deployed through acquisitions, dividend payments and potential stock repurchases. Investment 74

Table of Contents and interest income earned during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 was primarily comprised of dividend income from merchant banking investment activities, in addition to interest income earned on intercompany notes.

Interest expense during the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 included quarterly interest expense of $0.4 million and $0.8 million incurred on our 2030 Subordinated Notes that were redeemed on May 15, 2025. Interest expense during each of the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 included recurring quarterly interest expense of $2.3 million on our $150 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes due 2035 (“2035 Subordinated Notes,” the 2030 Subordinated Notes and the 2035 Subordinated Notes, collectively, the “Subordinated Notes”). Interest expense during the three months ended June 30, 2024 also included interest expense of $1.9 million on our outstanding Senior Notes that were redeemed on January 15, 2025.

Noninterest income during each period included activity related to our investment in a real estate development in Dallas’ University Park, which also serves as headquarters for both Hilltop and the Bank, and net noninterest income associated with activity within our merchant bank subsidiary. During the three months ended June 30, 2025, noninterest income included a loss of $3.4 million associated with the sale of operations by the merchant bank equity investment in the first quarter of 2025, partially offset by gains of $2.8 million associated with certain other merchant bank equity investments. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, noninterest income reflected an updated preliminary pre-tax gain of $27.1 million ($21.0 million net of tax) related to the sale of operations associated with our aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC, while during the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, noninterest income included a pre-tax gain of $1.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively, associated with the sale of certain merchant bank equity investments.

Noninterest expenses were primarily comprised of employees’ compensation and benefits, occupancy expenses and professional fees, including corporate governance, legal and transaction costs. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, changes in noninterest expenses, compared to the same periods in 2024, were primarily due to changes associated with employees’ compensation and benefits driven by variable compensation associated with the sale of our aggregate interest in Moser Holdings, LLC.

Financial Condition

The following discussion contains a more detailed analysis of our financial condition at June 30, 2025, as compared with December 31, 2024.

Securities Portfolio

At June 30, 2025, investment securities consisted of securities of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities and other political subdivisions, primarily in the State of Texas, as well as mortgage-backed, corporate debt, and equity securities. We may categorize investments as trading, available for sale, held to maturity and equity securities.

Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are carried at fair value, marked to market through operations and held at the Bank and the Hilltop Broker-Dealers. Securities classified as available for sale may, from time to time, be bought and sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in securities’ prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs and to take advantage of market conditions that create more economically attractive returns. Such securities are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Equity investments are carried at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized in net income. Securities are classified as held to maturity based on the intent and ability of our management, at the time of purchase, to hold such securities to maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost.

​ 75

Table of Contents The table below summarizes our securities portfolio (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Trading securities, at fair value
U.S. Treasury securities $ $ 2,553
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 29,769 9,984
Residential mortgage-backed securities 105,982 35,440
Collateralized mortgage obligations 88,495 125,515
Other 48,030 19,877
Corporate debt securities 39,727 60,594
States and political subdivisions 333,817 244,076
Private-label securitized product 14,880 16,208
Other 15,057 10,669
675,757 524,916
Securities available for sale, at fair value
U.S. Treasury securities 4,853 4,762
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 80,920 111,868
Residential mortgage-backed securities 389,193 341,186
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 228,074 220,327
Collateralized mortgage obligations 642,182 657,600
Corporate debt securities 31,919 29,816
States and political subdivisions 31,206 30,990
1,408,347 1,396,549
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost
U.S. government agencies:
Bonds 10,000
Residential mortgage-backed securities 264,455 255,880
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 138,382 147,696
Collateralized mortgage obligations 280,673 257,230
States and political subdivisions 78,131 77,093
771,641 737,899
Equity securities, at fair value 4,996 297
Total securities portfolio $ 2,860,741 $ 2,659,661

We had net unrealized losses of $80.0 million and $101.9 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, related to the available for sale investment portfolio, and net unrealized losses of $67.6 million and $88.0 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, associated with the securities held to maturity portfolio. Equity securities included net unrealized losses of $0.3 million and net unrealized gains $0.2 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. In future periods, we expect changes in prevailing market interest rates, coupled with changes in the aggregate size of the investment portfolio, to be significant drivers of changes in the unrealized losses or gains in these portfolios, and therefore accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Banking Segment

The banking segment’s securities portfolio plays a role in the management of our interest rate sensitivity and generates additional interest income. In addition, the securities portfolio is used to meet collateral requirements for public and trust deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other purposes. The available for sale and equity securities portfolios serve as a source of liquidity. Historically, the Bank’s policy has been to invest primarily in securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities in the State of Texas and other high grade fixed income securities to minimize credit risk. At June 30, 2025, the banking segment’s securities portfolio of $2.1 billion was comprised of available for sale securities of $1.4 billion, held to maturity securities of $771.6 million and equity securities of $0.3 million, in addition to $10.5 million of other investments included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets.

​ 76

Table of Contents Broker-Dealer Segment

The broker-dealer segment holds securities to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. The interest rate risk inherent in holding these securities is managed by setting and monitoring limits on the size and duration of positions and on the length of time the securities can be held. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers are required to carry their securities at fair value and record changes in the fair value of the portfolio to the statement of operations. Accordingly, the securities portfolio of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers included trading securities of $675.7 million at June 30, 2025. In addition, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers enter into transactions that represent commitments to purchase and deliver securities at prevailing future market prices to facilitate customer transactions and satisfy such commitments. Accordingly, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ ultimate obligation may exceed the amount recognized in the financial statements. These securities, which are carried at fair value and reported as securities sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated balance sheets, had a value of $59.8 million at June 30, 2025.

Corporate

At June 30, 2025, the corporate portfolio included other investments, including those associated with merchant banking, of available for sale securities of $31.9 million and other assets of $12.1 million within the consolidated balance sheet.

Allowance for Credit Losses for Available for Sale Securities and Held to Maturity Securities

We have evaluated available for sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position and have determined that any declines in value are unrelated to credit loss and related to changes in market interest rates since purchase. None of the available for sale debt securities held were past due at June 30, 2025. In addition, as of June 30, 2025, we evaluated our held to maturity debt securities, considering the current credit ratings and recognized losses, and determined the potential credit loss to be minimal. With respect to these securities, we considered the risk of credit loss to be negligible, and therefore, no allowance was recognized on the debt securities portfolio at June 30, 2025.

Loan Portfolio

Consolidated loans held for investment are detailed in the table below, classified by portfolio segment (in thousands).

**** June 30, **** December 31,
2025 2024
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 2,015,023 $ 1,921,691
Owner occupied 1,481,362 1,435,945
Commercial and industrial 1,511,369 1,541,940
Construction and land development 853,201 866,245
1-4 family residential 1,840,282 1,792,602
Consumer 30,527 28,410
Broker-dealer 329,440 363,718
Loans held for investment, gross 8,061,204 7,950,551
Allowance for credit losses (97,961) (101,116)
Loans held for investment, net of allowance $ 7,963,243 $ 7,849,435

Banking Segment

The loan portfolio constitutes the primary earning asset of the banking segment and typically offers the best alternative for obtaining the maximum interest spread above the banking segment’s cost of funds. The overall economic strength of the banking segment generally parallels the quality and yield of its loan portfolio.

As discussed in more detail within the section captioned “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” set forth in Part II, Item 7 of our 2024 Form 10-K and further within the section captioned “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” below, the banking segment’s credit policies emphasize strong underwriting and governance standards and early detection of potential problem credits in order to develop and implement action plans on a timely basis to mitigate potential losses.

​ 77

Table of Contents To manage the credit risks associated with its loan portfolio, management may, depending upon current or anticipated economic conditions and related exposures, apply enhanced risk management measures to loans through analysis of a specific borrower’s financial condition, including cash flow, collateral values, and guarantees, among other credit factors.

The banking segment’s total loans held for investment, net of the allowance for credit losses, were $8.6 billion and $8.3 billion at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. At June 30, 2025, the banking segment’s loan portfolio included warehouse lines of credit extended to PrimeLending and its ABAs of $1.3 billion, of which $924.8 million was drawn. At December 31, 2024, amounts drawn on the available warehouse lines of credit was $0.8 billion. Amounts advanced against the warehouse lines of credit are eliminated from net loans held for investment on our consolidated balance sheets. The banking segment does not generally participate in syndicated loan transactions and has no foreign loans in its portfolio.

A significant portion of the banking segment’s loan portfolio at June 30, 2025, consisted of commercial real estate loans secured by properties. Such loans can involve high principal loan amounts, and the repayment of these loans is dependent, in large part, on a borrower’s ongoing business operations or on income generated from the properties that are leased to third parties.

The table below sets forth the banking segment’s commercial real estate loan portfolio, by portfolio industry sector and collateral location as of June 30, 2025 (in thousands). There have not been changes in the real estate loan portfolio since December 31, 2024 that would significantly impact the banking segment’s geographic loan concentration risk.

Brownsville- Other
Dallas- Harlingen- San Outside
Commercial Real Estate Fort Worth Austin Houston McAllen Antonio Lubbock Texas Texas Total
Non-owner occupied:
Office $ 159,476 $ 219,830 $ 26,464 $ 16,208 $ 21,306 $ 6,913 $ 65,386 $ 305 $ 515,888
Retail 147,709 79,755 26,987 25,486 17,952 6,722 24,336 8,528 337,475
Hotel/Motel 31,897 11,590 27,659 16,883 90 15,798 34,757 13,536 152,210
Multifamily 57,198 50,688 38,167 49,899 47,266 34,113 53,878 16,351 347,560
Industrial 156,957 58,506 7,471 4,564 2,415 643 18,310 6,892 255,758
All other 140,424 67,448 27,291 7,289 24,847 45,596 76,074 17,163 406,132
$ 693,661 $ 487,817 $ 154,039 $ 120,329 $ 113,876 $ 109,785 $ 272,741 $ 62,775 $ 2,015,023
Owner occupied:
Office $ 166,821 $ 96,957 $ 25,593 $ 17,518 $ 32,181 $ 7,003 $ 9,454 $ 2,711 $ 358,238
Retail 11,448 15,773 2,465 926 1,406 133 5,561 927 38,639
Industrial 193,664 37,026 31,775 7,306 20,432 7,422 40,610 19,668 357,903
All other 331,572 70,637 71,214 24,420 48,465 13,131 145,179 21,964 726,582
$ 703,505 $ 220,393 $ 131,047 $ 50,170 $ 102,484 $ 27,689 $ 200,804 $ 45,270 $ 1,481,362
Total commercial real estate loans $ 1,397,166 $ 708,210 $ 285,086 $ 170,499 $ 216,360 $ 137,474 $ 473,545 $ 108,045 $ 3,496,385

At June 30, 2025, the banking segment had loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) that exceeded 10% of total loans in its real estate portfolio. The areas of concentration within our real estate portfolio were non-construction commercial real estate loans, non-construction residential real estate loans, and construction and land development loans, which represented 45.2%, 23.8% and 11.0%, respectively, of the banking segment’s total loans held for investment at June 30, 2025. The banking segment’s loan concentrations were within regulatory guidelines at June 30, 2025.

In addition, the Bank’s loan portfolio includes collateralized loans extended to businesses that depend on the energy industry, including those within the exploration and production, field services, pipeline construction and transportation sectors. Crude oil prices remain uncertain given future supply and demand for oil are influenced by international armed conflicts, return to business travel, new energy policies and government regulation, and the pace of transition towards renewable energy resources. At June 30, 2025, the Bank’s energy loan exposure was approximately $60 million of loans held for investment with unfunded commitment balances of approximately $24 million. The allowance for credit losses on the Bank’s energy portfolio was $0.3 million, or 0.6% of loans held for investment at June 30, 2025.

​ 78

Table of Contents The following table provides information regarding the maturities of the banking segment’s gross loans held for investment, net of unearned income (in thousands). The commercial and industrial portfolio segment includes amounts advanced against the warehouse lines of credit extended to PrimeLending.

June 30, 2025
**** Due Within **** Due From One **** Due from Five **** Due After **** ****
One Year To Five Years To Fifteen Years Fifteen Years Total
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 819,551 $ 918,884 $ 276,588 $ $ 2,015,023
Owner occupied 421,211 564,145 487,329 8,677 1,481,362
Commercial and industrial 1,998,684 327,031 79,511 2,405,226
Construction and land development 731,689 102,961 17,732 819 853,201
1-4 family residential 179,728 726,798 245,490 688,266 1,840,282
Consumer 13,743 16,379 398 7 30,527
Total $ 4,164,606 $ 2,656,198 $ 1,107,048 $ 697,769 $ 8,625,621

The following table provides information regarding the interest rate composition, based on contractual terms, of the banking segment's loans held for investment, net of unearned income (in thousands).

Loans maturing after one year
**** Fixed Interest **** Floating Interest ****
June 30, 2025 Rate Rate Total
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 744,038 $ 451,434 $ 1,195,472
Owner occupied 720,050 340,101 1,060,151
Commercial and industrial 277,707 128,835 406,542
Construction and land development 47,934 73,578 121,512
1-4 family residential 899,576 760,978 1,660,554
Consumer 15,361 1,423 16,784
Total $ 2,704,666 $ 1,756,349 $ 4,461,015

In the table above, floating interest rate loans totaling $298.6 million as of June 30, 2025 had reached their applicable rate floor and are expected to reprice, subject to their scheduled repricing timing and frequency terms. The majority of floating rate loans carry an interest rate tied to a SOFR rate or The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal.

Broker-Dealer Segment

The loan portfolio of the broker-dealer segment consists primarily of margin loans to customers and correspondents that are due within one year. The interest rate on margin accounts is computed on the settled margin balance at a fixed rate established by management. These loans are collateralized by the securities purchased or by other securities owned by the clients and, because of collateral coverage ratios, are believed to present minimal collectability exposure. Additionally, these loans are subject to a number of regulatory requirements as well as the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ internal policies. The broker-dealer segment’s total loans held for investment, net of the allowance for credit losses, were $329.4 million and $363.7 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. This decrease from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025 was primarily attributable to a decrease of $45.0 million, or 30%, in receivables from correspondents, partially offset by an increase of $10.0 million, or 5%, in customer margin accounts.

​ 79

Table of Contents Mortgage Origination Segment

The loan portfolio of the mortgage origination segment consists of loans held for sale, primarily single-family residential mortgages funded through PrimeLending, and IRLCs with customers pursuant to which we agree to originate a mortgage loan on a future date at an agreed-upon interest rate. The components of the mortgage origination segment’s loans held for sale and IRLCs are as follows (in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Loans held for sale:
Unpaid principal balance $ 869,778 $ 802,987
Fair value adjustment 19,534 6,795
$ 889,312 $ 809,782
IRLCs:
Unpaid principal balance $ 715,134 $ 384,528
Fair value adjustment 13,655 2,942
$ 728,789 $ 387,470

The mortgage origination segment uses forward commitments to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its loans held for sale and IRLCs. The notional amounts of these forward commitments at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were $1.3 billion and $932.6 million, respectively, while the related estimated fair values were ($9.9) million and $6.4 million, respectively.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

For additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses, refer to the section captioned “Critical Accounting Estimates” set forth in Part II, Item 7 of our 2024 Form 10-K.

Loans Held for Investment

The Bank has lending policies in place with the goal of establishing an asset portfolio that will provide a return on stockholders’ equity sufficient to maintain capital to assets ratios that meet or exceed established regulations. Loans are underwritten with careful consideration of the borrower’s financial condition, the specific purpose of the loan, the primary sources of repayment and any collateral pledged to secure the loan. As discussed in more detail within the section captioned “Financial Condition – Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans” set forth in Part II, Item 7 of our 2024 Form 10-K, the Bank’s underwriting procedures address financial components based on the size and complexity of the credit, while the Bank’s loan policy provides specific underwriting guidelines by portfolio segment, including commercial and industrial, real estate, construction and land development, and consumer loans.

The allowance for credit losses for loans held for investment represents management’s best estimate of all expected credit losses over the expected contractual life of our existing portfolio. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the then-existing loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for credit losses in those future periods. Such future changes in the allowance for credit losses are expected to be volatile given dependence upon, among other things, the portfolio composition and quality, as well as the impact of significant drivers, including prepayment assumptions and macroeconomic conditions and forecasts.

Significant judgment is required to estimate the severity and duration of the current economic uncertainties, as well as its potential impact on borrower defaults and loss severity. In particular, macroeconomic conditions and forecasts are rapidly changing and remain highly uncertain.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating our allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To determine the allowance for credit losses as of June 30, 2025, we utilized a single macroeconomic scenario, the baseline forecast, published by Moody’s Analytics in June 2025. During our previous quarterly macroeconomic assessment as of March 31, 2025, we utilized a single macroeconomic alternative scenario, or S5, published by Moody’s Analytics in March 2025. Management determined it appropriate to utilize the baseline macroeconomic scenario as of June 30, 2025 given the 80

Table of Contents combination of the ongoing resilience of the U.S. economy and the potential impact of tariffs and reciprocal tariffs best align with our internal economic outlook.

The following table and paragraphs summarize the U.S. Real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) growth rates and unemployment rate assumptions used in our economic forecast, and based on the single macroeconomic alternative scenario selected for respective period, to determine our best estimate of expected credit losses.

As of
June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30,
2025 2025 2024 2024 2024
GDP growth rates:
Q2 2024 2.1%
Q3 2024 2.0% 1.2%
Q4 2024 2.6% 1.3% 0.6%
Q1 2025 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.0%
Q2 2025 1.9% 1.1% 1.0% 1.5% (2.0)%
Q3 2025 0.6% 1.1% 0.3% 1.5% (2.5)%
Q4 2025 1.4% 0.8% 0.6% 1.5% (1.3)%
Q1 2026 1.5% 0.8% 0.9% 1.5%
Q2 2026 1.4% 1.4% 0.9%
Q3 2026 1.5% 1.9%
Q4 2026 1.7%
Unemployment rates:
Q2 2024 4.0%
Q3 2024 4.3% 4.1%
Q4 2024 4.2% 4.4% 4.1%
Q1 2025 4.1% 4.4% 4.7% 4.1%
Q2 2025 4.2% 4.2% 4.6% 4.9% 4.8%
Q3 2025 4.3% 4.6% 4.9% 5.2% 5.6%
Q4 2025 4.3% 5.0% 5.1% 5.2% 6.0%
Q1 2026 4.5% 5.3% 5.2% 5.1%
Q2 2026 4.7% 5.5% 5.1%
Q3 2026 4.8% 5.4%
Q4 2026 4.8%

As of June 30, 2025, our U.S. economic forecast assumes real GDP will remain below trend in the near term as tariffs weigh on the economy’s growth. The changes in real GDP on an annual average basis are 1.5% in 2025 and 1.4% in 2026. The unemployment rate increases in the second half of 2025 and reaches a peak of 4.8% in the second half of 2026 before slowly receding. Our forecast considers the potential for monetary policy to ease from the Federal Reserve with the federal funds rate at 4.0% by year end 2025 and 3.0% by year end 2026. Vacancy rates for certain commercial real estate sectors remain elevated, and the interest rate outlook challenges the recovery.

Since December 31, 2024, we updated our U.S. economic outlook to reflect our expectations of a period of below trend economic growth beginning in the near term. For the first quarter of 2025, real GDP fell 0.2% annualized. Surging imports contributed to the real GDP decline in the first quarter of 2025, but the increase in imports has reversed since then. Trade policy changes add uncertainty to the outlook and the labor market shows signs of weakening. The Federal Reserve has paused rate cuts as they balance above-target inflation and labor market health.

During the three months ended June 30, 2025, the reversal of credit losses was primarily driven by changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans, loan portfolio changes and net charge-offs, partially offset by a build in the allowance related to specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration within the banking segment, since the prior quarter. The provision for credit losses during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was primarily driven by a build in the allowance related to loan portfolio changes and specific reserves, including changes in loan mix and risk rating grade migration, partially offset by net charge-offs and changes in the U.S. economic outlook associated with collectively evaluated loans. Specific to the Bank, the net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included a provision for credit losses of $1.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively, while collectively evaluated loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 included a reversal of credit losses of $9.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The changes in the allowance for credit losses during the noted periods were primarily attributable to the 81

Table of Contents Bank and also reflected other factors including, but not limited to, the change in economic scenario, loan mix, and changes in loan balances and qualitative factors from the prior quarter. The changes in the allowance during the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 were also impacted by net charge-offs of $0.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

As noted above, the combined net impact to the allowance of changes associated with individually and collectively evaluated loans have resulted in a net decrease in the allowance at June 30, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024. The resulting allowance for credit losses as a percentage of our total loan portfolio, excluding margin loans in the broker-dealer segment and banking segment mortgage warehouse lending programs, was 1.31% and 1.37% as of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. While changes in the U.S. economic outlook have been reflected in our current allowance at June 30, 2025, uncertainties that include, among others, the uncertain timing, duration and significance of further changes in market interest rates and an uncertain macroeconomic forecast could adversely impact borrower cash flows and result in increases in the allowance during future periods. While all industries could experience adverse impacts, certain of our loan portfolio industry sectors and subsectors, including real estate collateralized by office buildings and auto note financing, have an increased level of risk.

The respective distribution of the allowance for credit losses as a percentage of our total loan portfolio, excluding margin loans in the broker-dealer segment and banking segment mortgage warehouse lending programs, are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands).

cv
Allowance For
Credit Losses
**** ​ Total as a % of
Total Allowance Total Loans
Loans Held for Credit Held For
June 30, 2025 For Investment Losses Investment
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied ^(1)^ $ 2,015,023 $ 27,837 1.38 %
Owner occupied ^(2)^ 1,481,362 34,154 2.31 %
Commercial and industrial ^(3)^ 1,230,548 22,875 1.86 %
Construction and land development ^(4)^ 853,201 7,341 0.86 %
Total commercial loans 5,580,134 92,207 1.65 %
1-4 family residential 1,840,282 5,057 0.27 %
Consumer 30,527 538 1.76 %
Total retail loans 1,870,809 5,595 0.30 %
Total commercial and retail loans 7,450,943 97,802 1.31 %
Broker-dealer 329,440 19 0.01 %
Mortgage warehouse lending 280,821 140 0.05 %
Total loans held for investment $ 8,061,204 $ 97,961 1.22 %
(1) Included within commercial real estate non-owner occupied portfolio are loans within the office, retail and hotel/motel portfolio industry subsectors. At June 30, 2025, the office, retail and hotel/motel loans held for investment balances of approximately $516 million, $337 million and $152 million, respectively, had an allowance for credit losses of approximately $11 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively, and an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans held for investment of 2.2%, 0.7% and 1.1%, respectively.
--- ---
(2) Included within commercial real estate owner occupied portfolio are loans within the industrial and office portfolio industry subsectors. At June 30, 2025, the industrial and office loans held for investment balances of approximately $358 million and $358 million, respectively, had an allowance for credit losses of approximately $8 million and $8 million, respectively, and an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans held for investment of 2.4% and 2.1%, respectively.
--- ---
(3) Commercial and industrial portfolio amounts reflect balances excluding banking segment mortgage warehouse lending. Included within commercial and industrial portfolio are loans within the auto note financing industry subsector. At June 30, 2025, the auto note financing loans held for investment balance of approximately $78 million had an allowance for credit losses of approximately $5 million, and an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans held for investment of 6.4%.
--- ---
(4) Included within construction and land development portfolio are loans within the retail and office portfolio industry subsectors. At June 30, 2025, the retail and office loans held for investment balances of approximately $55 million and $28 million, respectively, had an allowance for credit losses of approximately $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans held for investment of 1.3% and 1.7%, respectively.
--- ---

​ 82

Table of Contents Allowance Model Sensitivity

Our allowance model was designed to capture the historical relationship between economic and portfolio changes. As such, evaluating shifts in individual portfolio attributes or macroeconomic variables in isolation may not be indicative of past or future performance. It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because we consider a wide variety of factors and inputs in the allowance for credit losses estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others.

However, to consider the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to alternative macroeconomic forecasts, we compared the Company’s allowance for credit loss estimates as of June 30, 2025, excluding margin loans in the broker-dealer segment, and the banking segment mortgage warehouse programs, with modeled results using both upside (“S1”) and downside (“S3”) economic scenario forecasts published by Moody’s Analytics.

Compared to our economic forecast, the upside scenario assumes the impacts of tariffs on the economy will be less than expected and the economic impacts from international armed conflicts recede faster than expected. Business sentiment and consumer confidence rise significantly. Real GDP is expected to grow 3.7% in the third quarter of 2025, 2.8% in the fourth quarter of 2025, 2.9% in the first quarter of 2026, and 3.1% in the second quarter of 2026. Average unemployment rates are expected to decline to 3.8% by the third quarter of 2025 and to 3.5% by the fourth quarter of 2025 before reverting to historical data. Rates remain higher than in the baseline forecast due to stronger growth and slightly higher inflation, and the federal funds rate is lowered to 4.1% by the fourth quarter of 2025.

Compared to our economic forecast, the downside scenario assumes the combination of tariffs, reciprocal tariffs, and rising inflation causes the economy to fall into recession in the third quarter of 2025. Real GDP is expected to decrease 3.0% in the third quarter of 2025, 3.1% in the fourth quarter of 2025, and 4.0% in the first quarter of 2026. Average unemployment rates are expected to increase to 6.0% by the third quarter of 2025 and to 8.3% by the third quarter of 2026 and then revert back to historical average rates over time. The Federal Reserve increases the federal funds rate to control rising inflation to a 5.0% target by the fourth quarter of 2025 and then reduces it to support the economy to a 3.7% target starting in 2026.

The impact of applying all of the assumptions of the upside economic scenario during the reasonable and supportable forecast period would have resulted in a decrease in the allowance for credit losses of approximately $12 million or a weighted average expected loss rate of 1.1% as a percentage of our total loan portfolio, excluding margin loans in the broker-dealer segment and the banking segment mortgage warehouse lending programs.

The impact of applying all of the assumptions of the downside economic scenario during the reasonable and supportable forecast period would have resulted in an increase in the allowance for credit losses of approximately $66 million or a weighted average expected loss rate of 2.1% as a percentage of our total loan portfolio, excluding margin loans in the broker-dealer segment and the banking segment mortgage warehouse lending programs.

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as they do not reflect any potential changes in the adjustment to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

Our allowance for credit losses reflects our best estimate of current expected credit losses, which is highly dependent on several assumptions, including the macroeconomic outlook, inflationary pressures and labor market conditions, the impact of tariffs, and international armed conflicts and their impact on supply chains, the U.S elections and other various fiscal and monetary policy decisions. The sensitivities of many of these assumptions are often correlated and nonlinear so these results should not be simply extrapolated to estimate the allowance for credit losses accurately for more severe changes in economic scenarios. Future allowance for credit losses may vary considerably for these reasons.

​ 83

Table of Contents Allowance Activity

The following table presents the activity in our allowance for credit losses and selected credit metrics within our loan portfolio for the periods presented (in thousands). Substantially all of the activity shown within the allowance for credit losses below occurred within the banking segment.

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, ****
**** ​ **** 2025 **** 2024 **** 2025 **** 2024 ****
Loans Held for Investment:
Balance, beginning of period $ 106,197 $ 104,231 $ 101,116 $ 111,413
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses (7,340) 10,934 1,998 8,063
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied
Owner occupied 10 6 18 15
Commercial and industrial 150 452 271 794
Construction and land development 1 2
1-4 family residential 12 93 20 104
Consumer 39 46 62 83
Broker-dealer
Total recoveries 211 598 371 998
Loans charged off:
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied 918 1,647
Owner occupied
Commercial and industrial 743 615 4,175 3,598
Construction and land development 269 269
1-4 family residential 1 1
Consumer 95 65 162 146
Broker-dealer
Total charge-offs 1,107 681 5,524 5,392
Net recoveries (charge-offs) (896) (83) (5,153) (4,394)
Balance, end of period $ 97,961 $ 115,082 $ 97,961 $ 115,082
Average loans held for investment for the period $ 8,073,187 $ 7,892,879 $ 7,982,470 $ 7,864,263
Total loans held for investment (end of period) $ 8,061,204 $ 8,173,520
Loans Held for Sale:
Average loans held for sale for the period $ 923,726 $ 934,445 $ 817,003 $ 868,271
Total loans held for sale (end of period) $ 979,875 $ 1,264,437
Selected Credit Metrics:
Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average total loans held for investment^(1)^ (0.04) % (0.00) % (0.13) % (0.11) %
Non-accrual loans:
Loans held for investment (end of period) $ 67,472 $ 101,605
Loans held for sale (end of period) $ 5,271 $ 4,059
Non-accrual loans to total loans (end of period) 0.80 % 1.12 %
Allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment to:
Total loans (end of period) 1.08 % 1.22 %
Total loans held for investment (end of period) 1.22 % 1.41 %
Total non-accrual loans (end of period) 134.67 % 108.91 %
Non-accrual loans held for investment (end of period) 145.19 % 113.26 %
(1) Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average total loans held for investment ratio presented on a consolidated basis for all periods. Refer to following table for details by loan portfolio segment.
--- ---

Total non-accrual loans classified as loans held for investment decreased by $16.9 million from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to decreases in commercial and industrial loans of $18.0 million and commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans of $3.1 million, partially offset by an increase in 1-4 family residential loans of $3.1 million.

​ 84

Table of Contents The following tables present additional details regarding our net charge-offs to average total loans held for investment ratios by loan portfolio segment for the periods presented (in thousands). Substantially all of the activity shown below occurred within the banking segment.

Net
Total Recoveries
Allowance Net Average (Charge-Offs)
for Credit Recoveries Loans Held as a % of
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Losses (Charge-Offs) for Investment Average Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 27,837 $ $ 2,002,901 %
Owner occupied 34,154 10 1,454,650 %
Commercial and industrial 23,015 (593) 1,505,211 (0.16) %
Construction and land development 7,341 (269) 860,912 (0.13) %
1-4 Family Residential 5,057 12 1,850,516 %
Consumer 538 (56) 24,923 (0.90) %
Broker-Dealer 19 374,074 %
Total $ 97,961 $ (896) $ 8,073,187 (0.04) %

Net
Total Recoveries
Allowance Net Average (Charge-Offs)
for Credit Recoveries Loans Held as a % of
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Losses (Charge-Offs) for Investment Average Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 27,837 $ (918) $ 1,973,733 (0.09) %
Owner occupied 34,154 18 1,448,940 %
Commercial and industrial 23,015 (3,904) 1,485,302 (0.53) %
Construction and land development 7,341 (269) 872,866 (0.06) %
1-4 Family Residential 5,057 20 1,837,421 %
Consumer 538 (100) 24,561 (0.82) %
Broker-Dealer 19 339,647 %
Total $ 97,961 $ (5,153) $ 7,982,470 (0.13) %

Net
Total Recoveries
Allowance Net Average (Charge-Offs)
for Credit Recoveries Loans Held as a % of
Three Months Ended June 30, 2024 Losses (Charge-Offs) for Investment Average Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 37,321 $ $ 1,972,642 %
Owner occupied 32,772 6 1,460,977 0.00 %
Commercial and industrial 28,869 (163) 1,638,663 (0.04) %
Construction and land development 7,594 1 884,797 0.00 %
1-4 Family Residential 7,912 92 1,777,468 0.02 %
Consumer 547 (19) 24,054 (0.32) %
Broker-Dealer 67 134,278 %
Total $ 115,082 $ (83) $ 7,892,879 (0.00) %

Net
Total Recoveries
Allowance Net Average (Charge-Offs)
for Credit Recoveries Loans Held as a % of
Six Months Ended June 30, 2024 Losses (Charge-Offs) for Investment Average Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 37,321 $ (1,647) $ 1,947,514 (0.17) %
Owner occupied 32,772 15 1,453,640 0.00 %
Commercial and industrial 28,869 (2,804) 1,607,211 (0.35) %
Construction and land development 7,594 2 936,197 0.00 %
1-4 Family Residential 7,912 103 1,767,855 0.01 %
Consumer 547 (63) 24,007 (0.53) %
Broker-Dealer 67 127,839 %
Total $ 115,082 $ (4,394) $ 7,864,263 (0.11) %

​ 85

Table of Contents As previously discussed in detail within this section, the allowance for credit losses has fluctuated from period to period, which impacted the resulting ratios noted in the table above. For the periods presented, the changes in the allowance for credit losses primarily reflected loan portfolio changes, net charge-offs activity, and changes in the U.S. economic outlook. The distribution of the allowance for credit losses among loan types and the percentage of the loans for that type to gross loans, excluding unearned income, within our loan portfolio are presented in the table below (dollars in thousands).

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
% of % of
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses Reserve Gross Loans Reserve Gross Loans
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 27,837 25.00 % $ 29,310 24.17 %
Owner occupied 34,154 18.38 % 33,112 18.06 %
Commercial and industrial 23,015 18.74 % 25,609 19.39 %
Construction and land development 7,341 10.58 % 7,161 10.90 %
1-4 family residential 5,057 22.83 % 5,327 22.55 %
Consumer 538 0.38 % 547 0.36 %
Broker-dealer 19 4.09 % 50 4.57 %
Total $ 97,961 100.00 % $ 101,116 100.00 %

The following table summarizes historical levels of the allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment, distributed by portfolio segment (in thousands).

June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30,
**** 2025 **** 2025 2024 **** 2024 **** 2024
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 27,837 $ 34,703 $ 29,310 $ 32,330 $ 37,321
Owner occupied 34,154 35,370 33,112 34,378 32,772
Commercial and industrial 23,015 23,350 25,609 28,308 28,869
Construction and land development 7,341 7,291 7,161 7,924 7,594
1-4 family residential 5,057 4,988 5,327 7,161 7,912
Consumer 538 479 547 580 547
Broker-dealer 19 16 50 237 67
$ 97,961 $ 106,197 $ 101,116 $ 110,918 $ 115,082

Unfunded Loan Commitments

In order to estimate the allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments, the Bank uses a process similar to that used in estimating the allowance for credit losses on the funded portion. The allowance is based on the estimated exposure at default, multiplied by the lifetime probability of default grade and loss given default grade for that particular loan segment. The Bank estimates expected losses by calculating a commitment usage factor based on industry usage factors. The commitment usage factor is applied over the relevant contractual period. Loss factors from the underlying loans to which commitments are related are applied to the results of the usage calculation to estimate any liability for credit losses related for each loan type. Letters of credit are not currently reserved because they are issued primarily as credit enhancements and the likelihood of funding is low.

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for loans with off-balance sheet credit exposures are shown below (in thousands).

Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 **** 2024 2025 **** 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 7,953 $ 8,296 $ 7,918 $ 8,876
Other noninterest expense 1,161 289 1,196 (291)
Balance, end of period $ 9,114 $ 8,585 $ 9,114 $ 8,585

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the increases in the reserve for unfunded commitments were primarily due to increases in commitment balances. During the three months ended June 30, 2024, the increase in the reserve for unfunded commitments was primarily due to an increase in expected loss rates, while the decrease in the reserve for unfunded commitments during the six months ended June 30, 2024 was primarily due to decreases in commitment balances.

​ 86

Table of Contents Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms but for which management has concerns about the ability of an obligor to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the obligor’s potential operating or financial difficulties or whether repayment may depend on collateral or other risk mitigation. Management monitors these loans and reviews their performance on a regular basis. Potential problem loans contain potential weaknesses that could improve, persist or further deteriorate. If such potential weaknesses persist without improving, the loan is subject to downgrade, typically to substandard, in three to six months. Potential problem loans include those loans assigned a grade of special mention and substandard accrual within our risk grading matrix. Potential problem loans do not include purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans because PCD loans exhibited evidence of more than insignificant credit deterioration at acquisition that made it probable that all contractually required principal payments would not be collected.

At June 30, 2025, we had $165.5 million of potential problem loans, compared to $166.9 million at December 31, 2024. Our potential problem loans designated as substandard accrual at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, totaled $114.3 million and $152.6 million, respectively. The decrease from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025 was primarily attributable to decreases in commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans, commercial and industrial loans, 1-4 family residential loans and construction and land development loans, partially offset by an increase in commercial real estate owner occupied loans. Of the $114.3 million of potential problem loans designated as substandard accrual at June 30, 2025, $39.9 million, $25.6 million and $24.3 million were associated with commercial real estate owner occupied loans, commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans, respectively, compared to $37.3 million, $35.2 million and 48.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2024.

Potential problem loans designated as special mention were comprised of six credit relationships totaling $51.3 million at June 30, 2025, compared with four credit relationships totaling $14.2 million at December 31, 2024. Of the $51.3 million of potential problem loans at June 30, 2025, $46.8 million was associated with a single credit relationship included in our commercial real estate non-owner occupied loan portfolio within the multifamily industry subsector.

Non-Performing Assets

The following table presents components of our non-performing assets (dollars in thousands).

June 30, December 31,
**** 2025 **** 2024 **** Variance ****
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied $ 4,107 $ 7,166 $ (3,059)
Owner occupied 6,429 6,092 337
Commercial and industrial 40,990 59,025 (18,035)
Construction and land development 3,667 3,003 664
1-4 family residential 17,550 12,863 4,687
Consumer
Broker-dealer
Non-accrual loans $ 72,743 $ 88,149 $ (15,406)
Non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans 0.80 % 1.00 % (0.20) %
Other real estate owned $ 9,144 $ 2,848 $ 6,296
Other repossessed assets $ $ 98 $ (98)
Non-performing assets $ 81,887 $ 91,095 $ (9,208)
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets 0.53 % 0.56 % (0.03) %
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing $ 28,378 $ 22,090 $ 6,288

At June 30, 2025, non-accrual loans included 24 commercial and industrial relationships with loans secured by finance company notes receivable, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Commercial and industrial non-accrual loans 87

Table of Contents decreased by $18.0 million from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025 primarily due to principal paydowns and the reclassification of a single non-accrual loan from commercial and industrial loans to commercial real estate non-owner occupied loans. Non-accrual loans at June 30, 2025 also included $5.3 million of loans secured by residential and commercial real estate which were classified as loans held for sale. At December 31, 2024, non-accrual loans included 27 commercial and industrial relationships with loans secured primarily by notes receivable, accounts receivable and equipment. Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2024 also included $3.7 million of loans secured by residential real estate which were classified as loans held for sale.

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) increased from December 31, 2024 to June 30, 2025, primarily due to additions totaling $7.2 million, partially offset by disposals and valuation adjustments totaling $0.9 million. At both June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, OREO was primarily comprised of commercial properties.

Deposits

The banking segment’s major source of funds and liquidity is its deposit base. Deposits provide funding for its investments in loans and securities. Interest paid for deposits must be managed carefully to control the level of interest expense and overall net interest margin. The composition of the deposit base (time deposits versus interest-bearing demand deposits and savings), as discussed in more detail within the section titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Banking Segment” below, is constantly changing due to the banking segment’s needs and market conditions. Currently, the banking segment is facing intense competition for its deposit base as customers seek higher yields on deposits. Consistent with the consolidated trend in average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits noted in the table below, the banking segment’s average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits during the three months ended June 30, 2025 was 3.18%, compared to 3.26% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 3.92% during the three months ended June 30, 2024.

Given the cumulative 100-basis point decrease in interest rates since September 2024 and current deposit levels, the Bank’s cumulative interest-bearing deposit pricing beta, excluding deposits from the Hilltop Securities FDIC-insured sweep program and brokered deposits, has approximated 72%. The deposit pricing beta represents the change in interest-bearing deposit pricing in response to a change in market interest rates. The historical interest-bearing deposit pricing beta for the Bank, excluding deposits from our Hilltop Securities FDIC-insured sweep program and brokered deposits, has approximated 52%. We expect that the Bank’s cost related to interest-bearing deposits during 2025 to continue to be driven by various factors, including competition as well as economic and market area factors.

The table below presents the average balance of, and rate paid on, consolidated deposits (dollars in thousands).

Six Months Ended June 30,
2025 2024
**** Average **** Average **** Average **** Average ****
Balance Rate Paid Balance Rate Paid
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 2,736,066 0.00 % $ 2,882,768 0.00 %
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand 6,563,272 2.83 % 6,224,385 3.54 %
Savings 228,913 1.00 % 248,147 1.19 %
Time 1,234,448 3.88 % 1,210,715 4.29 %
8,026,633 2.94 % 7,683,247 3.58 %
Total deposits $ 10,762,699 2.19 % $ 10,566,015 2.60 %

The table above includes interest-bearing brokered deposits with balances of approximately $15 million at June 30, 2025, compared with approximately $15 million at December 31, 2024. The variability in the level of brokered deposits has been, and will continue to be, managed through asset/liability strategy and policies that address diversification of funding sources and market conditions, including demand by customers and other investors for those deposits, and the cost of funds available from alternative sources at the time.

At June 30, 2025, total estimated uninsured deposits were $5.2 billion, or approximately 50% of total deposits, while estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized deposits of $347.3 million and internal accounts of $420.7 million, were $4.5 billion, or approximately 43% of total deposits. Total estimated uninsured deposits were $5.7 billion, or approximately 52% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2024.

​ 88

Table of Contents The following table presents the scheduled maturities of the portion of our time deposits that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 as of June 30, 2025 (in thousands).

Months to maturity:
3 months or less $ 181,135
3 months to 6 months 29,930
6 months to 12 months 44,575
Over 12 months 92,508
$ 348,148

Borrowings

Our consolidated borrowings are shown in the table below (dollars in thousands).

June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
**** **** **** Average **** **** **** Average ****
Balance Rate Paid Balance Rate Paid
Short-term borrowings $ 734,508 4.16 % $ 834,023 4.64 %
Notes payable 148,475 6.97 % 347,667 4.22 %
$ 882,983 4.73 % $ 1,181,690 4.52 %

Short-term borrowings consisted of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings at the FHLB, short-term bank loans and commercial paper. The decrease in short-term borrowings at June 30, 2025, compared with December 31, 2024, primarily reflected decreases in federal funds purchased by the banking segment and securities sold under agreements to repurchase by the broker-dealer segment, partially offset by increases in short-term bank loans and commercial paper by the broker-dealer segment. Notes payable at June 30, 2025 was comprised of the 2035 Subordinated Notes, net of origination fees, of $148.5 million, while notes payable at December 31, 2024 included the Senior Notes, net of origination fees, of $149.7 million that were redeemed on January 15, 2025, the 2030 Subordinated Notes, net of origination fees, of $49.6 million that were redeemed on May 15, 2025, and the 2035 Subordinated Notes, net of origination fees, of $148.4 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Hilltop is a financial holding company whose assets primarily consist of the stock of its subsidiaries and invested assets. Hilltop’s primary investment objectives, as a holding company, are to support capital deployment for organic growth and to preserve capital to be deployed through acquisitions, dividend payments and stock repurchases. At June 30, 2025, Hilltop had $254.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $165.9 million from $420.5 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to cash outflows from the redemption of our Senior Notes and 2030 Subordinated Notes, $68.2 million in stock repurchases, $23.2 million in cash dividends declared and other general corporate expenses, partially offset by the receipt of $152.8 million of dividends from subsidiaries. Subject to regulatory restrictions, Hilltop has received, and may also continue to receive, dividends from its subsidiaries. If necessary or appropriate, we may also finance acquisitions with the proceeds from equity or debt issuances. We believe that Hilltop’s liquidity is sufficient for the foreseeable future, with current short-term liquidity needs including operating expenses, redemption of debt obligations, interest on debt obligations, dividend payments to stockholders and potential stock repurchases.

As discussed in more detail below, our 2030 Subordinated Notes previously scheduled to mature in May 2030, were redeemed on May 15, 2025 using cash on hand, and all of our outstanding Senior Notes previously scheduled to mature in April 2025 were redeemed on January 15, 2025 using cash on hand.

Economic Environment

As previously discussed, operational and financial headwinds during 2024 have had, and are expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on our operating results during the remainder of 2025. The extent of the impact of uncertain economic conditions on our financial performance during the remainder of 2025, will depend in part on developments outside of our control, including, among others, the timing and significance of further changes in U.S. Treasury yields and mortgage interest rates, changes in funding costs, inflationary pressures, changes in the political environment, the impact of tariffs and reciprocal tariffs, and international armed conflicts and their impact on supply chains. As 89

Table of Contents demonstrated during the extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets beginning in March 2020 resulting from the pandemic and banking sector-related uncertainty and concerns associated with liquidity primarily due to bank failures during early 2023 and their respective negative impacts on the economy, we will continue to monitor the economic environment and evaluate appropriate actions to enhance our financial flexibility, protect capital, minimize losses and ensure target liquidity levels.

Dividend Declaration

On July 24, 2025, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.18 per common share, payable on August 29, 2025 to all common stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 15, 2025.

Future dividends on our common stock are subject to the determination by the board of directors based on an evaluation of our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital resources, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors.

Stock Repurchases

In January 2025, our board of directors authorized a new stock repurchase program through January 2026, pursuant to which we were originally authorized to repurchase, in the aggregate, up to $100.0 million of our outstanding common stock. In July 2025, our board of directors authorized, subject to non-objection from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, an increase to the aggregate amount of common stock we may repurchase under this program to $135.0 million, which is inclusive of repurchases to offset dilution related to grants of stock-based compensation. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, Hilltop paid $68.2 million to repurchase an aggregate of 2,203,936 shares of our common stock at an average price of $30.94 per share pursuant to the stock repurchase program. As a result of share repurchases during 2025, Hilltop has approximately $67 million of available share repurchase capacity, subject to non-objection with respect to the additional $35.0 million, through the expiration of the 2025 stock repurchase program in January 2026.

Senior Notes due 2025

On January 15, 2025 (three months prior to the maturity date of the Senior Notes) we redeemed, at our election, all of our outstanding Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of $150 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Senior Notes Redemption Date using cash on hand, which also satisfied and discharged our obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.

Subordinated Notes due 2030 and 2035

On May 7, 2020, we completed a public offering of $50 million aggregate principal amount of 2030 Subordinated Notes and $150 million aggregate principal amount of 2035 Subordinated Notes with scheduled maturities on May 15, 2030 and May 15, 2035, respectively. The price to the public for the Subordinated Notes was 100% of the principal amount of the Subordinated Notes. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and fees and expenses of $3.4 million, were $196.6 million.

On May 15, 2025, we redeemed, at our election, all of our outstanding 2030 Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of $50 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the 2030 Subordinated Notes Redemption Date using cash on hand, which also satisfied and discharged our obligations under the 2030 Subordinated Notes and the First Supplemental Indenture.

We may redeem the 2035 Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, from time to time, subject to obtaining Federal Reserve approval, beginning with the interest payment date of May 15, 2030 for the 2035 Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2035 Subordinated Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

The 2035 Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.125% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears commencing on November 15, 2020. The interest rate for the 2035 Subordinated Notes will reset quarterly beginning May 15, 2030 to an interest rate, per year, equal to the then-current benchmark rate, which is expected to be three-month term SOFR rate plus 5.80%, payable quarterly in arrears. At June 30, 2025, $150.0 million of our Subordinated Notes was outstanding.

​ 90

Table of Contents Regulatory Capital

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy and regulatory requirements, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

In order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, stock repurchases and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, Basel III requires banking organizations to maintain a capital conservation buffer above minimum risk-based capital requirements measured relative to risk-weighted assets.

The following table shows PlainsCapital’s and Hilltop’s actual capital amounts and ratios in accordance with Basel III compared to the regulatory minimum capital requirements including the conservation buffer ratio in effect at June 30, 2025 (dollars in thousands). Based on actual capital amounts and ratios shown in the following table, PlainsCapital’s ratios place it in the “well capitalized” (as defined) capital category under regulatory requirements.

Minimum Capital
Requirements Including To Be Well ****
June 30, 2025 Conservation Buffer Capitalized ****
**** Amount **** Ratio **** Ratio **** Ratio ****
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
PlainsCapital $ 1,332,135 10.71 % 4.0 % 5.0 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 13.11 % 4.0 % N/A
Common equity Tier 1 capital <br>(to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,332,135 15.08 % 7.0 % 6.5 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 20.74 % 7.0 % N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,332,135 15.08 % 8.5 % 8.0 %
Hilltop 2,021,231 20.74 % 8.5 % N/A
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PlainsCapital 1,439,190 16.29 % 10.5 % 10.0 %
Hilltop 2,278,305 23.38 % 10.5 % N/A

We discuss regulatory capital requirements in more detail in Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements, as well as under the caption “Government Supervision and Regulation — Corporate — Capital Adequacy Requirements and BASEL III” set forth in Part I, Item 1, of our 2024 Form 10-K.

Banking Segment

Within our banking segment, our primary uses of cash are for customer withdrawals and extensions of credit as well as our borrowing costs and other operating expenses. Historically, high-profile bank failures periodically increase market uncertainty and concerns associated with banking sector liquidity positions, increase regulatory scrutiny and underscore the importance of maintaining access to diverse sources of funding. Our corporate treasury group is responsible for continuously monitoring our deposit flows and balance sheet trends to ensure that our assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet our short-term and long-term cash requirements. Our goal is to manage our liquidity position in a manner such that we can meet our customers’ short-term and long-term deposit withdrawals and anticipated and unanticipated increases in loan demand without penalizing earnings. Funds invested in short-term marketable instruments, the continuous maturing of other interest-earning assets, cash flows from self-liquidating investments such as mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, the possible sale of available for sale securities and the ability to securitize certain types of loans provide sources of liquidity from an asset perspective. The liability base provides sources of liquidity through deposits and the maturity structure of short-term borrowed funds. For short-term liquidity needs, we utilize federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the Federal Reserve and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions. For intermediate liquidity needs, we utilize advances from the FHLB. To supply liquidity over the longer term, we have 91

Table of Contents access to brokered time deposits, term loans at the FHLB and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions.

The above sources of liquidity allow the banking segment to meet increased liquidity demands without adversely affecting daily operations. The Bank’s borrowing capacity through access to secured funding sources is summarized in the following table (in millions). Available liquidity noted below does not include borrowing capacity available through the discount window at the Federal Reserve.

June 30, December 31,
2025 2024
FHLB capacity $ 4,316 $ 4,284
Investment portfolio (available) 1,424 1,397
Fed deposits (excess daily requirements) 812 2,053
$ 6,552 $ 7,734

During the second quarter of 2025, our deposit funding costs declined due to the decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by continued competition for liquidity to combat deposit outflows. We are actively managing our overall deposit funding costs. Future decisions on the cost of deposits will be determined based on various factors including, but not limited to future changes in the target range for the federal funds rate, our customers’ appetite for higher yields on deposits, and our overall liquidity profile. At June 30, 2025, the Bank also accessed and included approximately $550 million of core deposits on its balance sheet from our Hilltop Securities FDIC-insured sweep program, while the Bank is not utilizing any of its FHLB borrowing capacity noted above through the use of short-term borrowings.

Within our banking segment, deposit flows are affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors, the volatility of equity markets and other factors. An economic recovery and improved commercial real estate investment outlook may result in an outflow of deposits at an accelerated pace as customers utilize such available funds for expanded operations and investment opportunities. The Bank regularly evaluates its deposit products and pricing structures relative to the market to maintain competitiveness over time. Currently, the Bank is facing continued competition from bank and non-bank competitors for its deposit base and expects that its interest expense on certain deposits will continue to be driven by various factors, including competition as well as economic and market area factors.

The Bank’s 15 largest depositors, excluding Hilltop, Hilltop Securities and PrimeLending, collectively accounted for 12.04% of the Bank’s total deposits, and the Bank’s five largest depositors, excluding Hilltop and Hilltop Securities, collectively accounted for 6.68% of the Bank’s total deposits at June 30, 2025. The loss of one or more of our largest Bank customers, or a significant decline in our deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’ businesses, could adversely affect our liquidity and might require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits.

Broker-Dealer Segment

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers rely on their equity capital, short-term bank borrowings, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing client credit balances, correspondent deposits, securities lending arrangements, repurchase agreement financing, commercial paper issuances and other payables to finance their assets and operations, subject to their respective compliance with broker-dealer net capital and customer protection rules. At June 30, 2025, Hilltop Securities had credit arrangements with two unaffiliated banks, with maximum aggregate commitments of up to $425.0 million. These credit arrangements are used to finance securities owned, securities held for correspondent accounts, receivables in customer margin accounts and underwriting activities. These credit arrangements are provided on an “as offered” basis and are not committed lines of credit. In addition, Hilltop Securities has committed revolving credit facilities with two unaffiliated banks, with aggregate availability of up to $125.0 million. At June 30, 2025, Hilltop Securities had $59.0 million in borrowings under its credit arrangements and had no borrowings under its credit facilities.

Hilltop Securities uses the net proceeds (after deducting related issuance expenses) from the sale of two commercial paper programs for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the funding of a portion of its securities inventories. The commercial paper notes (“CP Notes”) may be issued with maturities of 14 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are issued under two separate programs. The Series 2019-2 CP Notes are issued in maximum aggregate amounts of $200 million. The CP Series 2024-1 CP Notes were initiated in December 2024 with the 92

Table of Contents first issuances under this new program occurring in the first quarter of 2025. With these first issuances, there were no future issuances allowed under the Series 2019-1 CP Notes program. Until the final maturity of the Series 2019-1 CP Notes, expected in October 2025, the Series 2019-1 and Series 2024-1 CP notes are managed as a single program with a maximum aggregate amount of $300 million. The CP Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment and do not bear interest, but are sold at a discount to par. The CP Notes are secured by a pledge of collateral owned by Hilltop Securities.

As of June 30, 2025, the weighted average maturity of the CP Notes was 139 days at a rate of 4.96% with a weighted average remaining life of 69 days. At June 30, 2025, the aggregate amount outstanding under these secured arrangements was $244.2 million, which was collateralized by securities held for Hilltop Securities accounts valued at $267.0 million.

Mortgage Origination Segment

PrimeLending funds the mortgage loans it originates through a warehouse line of credit maintained with the Bank, which had a total commitment of $1.2 billion, of which $884.0 million was drawn at June 30, 2025. PrimeLending sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market, historically with the majority with servicing released. As these mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market, PrimeLending pays down its warehouse line of credit with the Bank. In addition, PrimeLending has an available line of credit with an unaffiliated bank of up to $1.0 million, of which no borrowings were drawn at June 30, 2025.

PrimeLending owns a 100% membership interest in PrimeLending Ventures Management, LLC (“Ventures Management”), which holds a controlling ownership interest in and is the managing member of certain ABAs. At June 30, 2025, these ABAs had combined available lines of credit totaling $65.0 million, all of which was with the Bank, with outstanding borrowings of $40.9 million.

Other Material Contractual Obligations, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Guarantees

Since December 31, 2024, there have been no material changes in other material contractual obligations disclosed within the section captioned “Other Material Contractual Obligations, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Guarantees” set forth in Part II, Item 7 of our 2024 Form 10-K.

Additionally, in the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.

Banking Segment

We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit and have recorded a liability related to such credit risk in our consolidated financial statements.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third-party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $2.2 billion at June 30, 2025 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $51.5 million at June 30, 2025.

​ 93

Table of Contents Broker-Dealer Segment

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute, settle and finance various securities transactions that may expose the Hilltop Broker-Dealers to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers, use of derivatives to support certain non-profit housing organization clients, clearing agreements between the Hilltop Broker-Dealers and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Our consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which presently require us to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Historically, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. Inflationary pressures have moderated in recent periods with the inflation rate coming down from its peak with the expectation that there will be continued moderation of inflation during the remainder of 2025. However, the impact and timing of tariffs add uncertainty to the inflation outlook. Furthermore, a prolonged period of inflation has, and could continue to cause our costs, including compensation, occupancy and software costs, to increase, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We have identified certain accounting estimates which involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Actual amounts and values as of the balance sheet dates may be materially different than the amounts and values reported due to the inherent uncertainty in the estimation process. Also, future amounts and values could differ materially from those estimates due to changes in values and circumstances after the balance sheet date. The critical accounting estimates, as summarized below, which we believe to be the most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements relate to allowance for credit losses and goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Since December 31, 2024, there have been no changes in critical accounting estimates as further described under “Critical Accounting Estimates” in our 2024 Form 10-K.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Our assessment of market risk as of June 30, 2025 indicates there are no material changes in the quantitative and qualitative disclosures from those previously reported in our 2024 Form 10-K, except as discussed below.

The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risks. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may result from changes in value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in interest rates, market prices and the credit perception of an issuer. The disclosure is not meant to be a precise indicator of expected future losses, but rather an indicator of reasonably possible losses, and therefore our actual results may differ from any of the following projections. This forward-looking information provides an indicator of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures.

Banking Segment

The banking segment is engaged primarily in the business of investing funds obtained from deposits and borrowings in interest-earning loans and investments, and our primary component of market risk is sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Consequently, our earnings depend to a significant extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments and our interest expense on deposits and borrowings. To the extent 94

Table of Contents that our interest-bearing liabilities do not reprice or mature at the same time as our interest-bearing assets, we are subject to interest rate risk and corresponding fluctuations in net interest income.

There are several common sources of interest rate risk that must be effectively managed if there is to be minimal impact on our earnings and capital. Repricing risk arises largely from timing differences in the pricing of assets and liabilities. Reinvestment risk refers to the reinvestment of cash flows from interest payments and maturing assets at lower or higher rates. Basis risk exists when different yield curves or pricing indices do not change at precisely the same time or in the same magnitude such that assets and liabilities with the same maturity are not all affected equally. Yield curve risk refers to unequal movements in interest rates across a full range of maturities.

We have employed asset/liability management policies that attempt to manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, thereby attempting to control the volatility of net interest income, without having to incur unacceptable levels of risk. We employ procedures which include interest rate shock analysis, repricing gap analysis and balance sheet decomposition techniques to help mitigate interest rate risk in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the asset/liability management policies permit the use of various derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk or hedge specified assets and liabilities. To help mitigate net interest income spread compression between our assets and liabilities, management maintains derivative trades, as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges, that better align repricing characteristics. Any changes in interest rates across the term structure may continue to impact net interest income and net interest margin. The impact of rate movements will change with the shape of the yield curve, including any changes in steepness or flatness and inversions at any points on the yield curve.

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income resulting from a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or have a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or have a negative GAP, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely.

​ 95

Table of Contents As illustrated in the table below, the banking segment is currently asset sensitive overall. Loans that adjust daily or monthly to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate comprise a large percentage of interest sensitive assets and are the primary cause of the banking segment’s asset sensitivity. To help neutralize interest rate sensitivity, the banking segment has kept the terms of most of its borrowings under one year as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands).

June 30, 2025 ****
**** 3 Months or **** > 3 Months to **** **** > 3 Years to **** **** ****
Less 1 Year 5 Years > 5 Years ****
Interest sensitive assets:
Loans 1,815,967 $ 666,000 $ 419,765 8,688,188
Securities 445,163 363,257 884,132 2,300,768
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell 860,246
Other interest sensitive assets 29,819 43,503
Total interest sensitive assets 2,261,130 1,029,257 1,333,716 11,892,705
Interest sensitive liabilities:
Interest bearing checking 6,166,176 $ $ 6,166,176
Savings 228,824
Time deposits 109,650 47,212 1,241,981
Notes payable and other borrowings 144 209 1,036 401,841
Total interest sensitive liabilities 109,794 47,421 1,036 8,038,822
Interest sensitivity gap 2,151,336 $ 981,836 $ 1,332,680 3,853,883
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap 1,539,367 $ 2,521,203 $ 3,853,883
Percentage of cumulative gap to total interest sensitive assets % % 12.94 % 21.20 % 32.41 %

All values are in US Dollars.

The positive GAP in the interest rate analysis indicates that banking segment net interest income would generally rise if rates increase. Because of inherent limitations in interest rate GAP analysis, the banking segment uses multiple interest rate risk measurement techniques. Simulation analysis is used to subject the current repricing conditions to rising and falling interest rates in increments and decrements of 50 to 100 basis points to determine the effect on net interest income changes for the next twelve months. The banking segment also measures the effects of changes in interest rates on economic value of equity by discounting projected cash flows of deposits and loans. Economic value changes in the investment portfolio are estimated by discounting future cash flows and using duration analysis. Investment security prepayments are estimated using current market information. We believe the simulation analysis presents a more accurate picture than the GAP analysis. Simulation analysis recognizes that deposit products may not react to changes in interest rates as quickly or with the same magnitude as earning assets contractually tied to a market rate index. The sensitivity to changes in market rates varies across deposit products. Also, unlike GAP analysis, simulation analysis takes into account the effect of embedded options in the securities and loan portfolios as well as any off-balance sheet derivatives.

The table below shows the estimated impact of a range of changes in interest rates on net interest income and on economic value of equity for the banking segment (dollars in thousands).

Change in Changes in Changes in ****
Interest Rates Net Interest Income Economic Value of Equity ****
(basis points) **** Amount **** Percent **** **** Amount **** Percent ****
June 30, 2025
+200 $ 38,950 9.24 % $ 157,684 9.73 %
+100 $ 20,120 4.77 % $ 94,001 5.80 %
-50 $ (9,791) (2.32) % $ (70,863) (4.37) %
-100 $ (19,436) (4.61) % $ (155,396) (9.59) %
-200 $ (28,259) (6.70) % $ (344,838) (21.28) %
December 31, 2024
+200 $ 47,270 11.49 % $ 170,230 10.84 %
+100 $ 24,101 5.86 % $ 99,348 6.33 %
-50 $ (11,409) (2.77) % $ (70,531) (4.49) %
-100 $ (21,983) (5.34) % $ (149,355) (9.51) %
-200 $ (28,730) (6.99) % $ (337,987) (21.53) %

The projected changes in the table above were in compliance with established internal policy guidelines and are based on numerous assumptions. The timing and magnitude of future interest rate movements, along with changes to the balance 96

Table of Contents sheet composition, may impact projected changes in net interest income, but may not necessarily reflect the manner in which actual cash flows, yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. We continue to evaluate the interest rate risk position and may reposition the banking segment’s balance sheet in the future to better align with management’s target rate risk position.

Our portfolio includes loans that periodically reprice or mature prior to the end of an amortized term. Some of our variable-rate loans remain at applicable rate floors, which may delay and/or limit changes in interest income during a period of changing rates. If interest rates were to fall, the impact on our interest income would be limited by these rate floors. In addition, declining interest rates may negatively affect our cost of funds on deposits. The extent of this impact will ultimately be driven by the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate and yield curve movements, as well as changes in market conditions and timing of management strategies. If interest rates were to rise, yields on the portion of our portfolio that remain at applicable rate floors would rise more slowly than increases in market interest rates. Any changes in interest rates across the term structure will continue to impact net interest income and net interest margin. The impact of rate movements will change with the shape of the yield curve, including any changes in steepness or flatness and inversions at any points on the yield curve. Since the assumptions used relative to changes in interest rates are uncertain, the simulation analysis may not be indicative of actual results, particularly in times of stress and uncertainty. In addition, this analysis does not consider actions that management might employ in the future in response to changes in interest rates, as well as changes in earning asset and costing liability balances.

Broker-Dealer Segment

Our broker-dealer segment is exposed to market risk primarily due to its role as a financial intermediary in customer transactions, which may include purchases and sales of securities, use of derivatives and securities lending activities, and in our trading activities, which are used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. We are subject to the risk of loss that may result from the potential change in value of a financial instrument as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, market prices, investor expectations and changes in credit ratings of the issuer.

Our broker-dealer segment is exposed to interest rate risk as a result of maintaining inventories of interest rate sensitive financial instruments and other interest-earning assets including customer and correspondent margin loans and receivables and securities borrowing activities. Our funding sources, which include customer and correspondent cash balances, bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and securities lending activities, also expose the broker-dealer to interest rate risk. Movement in short-term interest rates could reduce the positive spread between the broker-dealer segment’s interest income and interest expense.

With respect to securities held, our interest rate risk is managed by setting and monitoring limits on the size and duration of positions and on the length of time securities can be held. Much of the interest rates on customer and correspondent margin loans and receivables are indexed and can vary daily. Our funding sources are generally short-term with interest rates that can vary daily.

The following table categorizes the broker-dealer segment’s net trading securities, which are subject to interest rate and market price risk (dollars in thousands).

June 30, 2025
1 Year > 1 Year > 5 Years
or Less to 5 Years to 10 Years > 10 Years Total
Trading securities, at fair value
Municipal obligations $ 1,996 $ 22,713 $ 67,158 $ 241,950 $ 333,817
U.S. government and government agency obligations 23,644 (19,797) 37,357 187,620 228,824
Corporate obligations 12,508 356 6,190 19,357 38,411
Total debt securities 38,148 3,272 110,705 448,927 601,052
Corporate equity securities
Other 14,897 14,897
$ 53,045 $ 3,272 $ 110,705 $ 448,927 $ 615,949
Weighted average yield
Municipal obligations 3.93 % 5.63 % 3.78 % 4.99 % 4.78 %
U.S. government and government agency obligations 4.17 % 3.80 % 0.28 % 7.23 % 5.47 %
Corporate obligations 4.93 % 5.19 % 5.23 % 3.88 % 4.77 %

Derivatives are used to support certain customer programs and hedge our related exposure to interest rate risks.

​ 97

Table of Contents Our broker-dealer segment is engaged in various brokerage and trading activities that expose us to credit risk arising from potential non-performance from counterparties, customers or issuers of securities. This risk is managed by setting and monitoring position limits for each counterparty, conducting periodic credit reviews of counterparties, reviewing concentrations of securities and conducting business through central clearing organizations.

Collateral underlying margin loans to customers and correspondents and with respect to securities lending activities is marked to market daily and additional collateral is required, as necessary.

Mortgage Origination Segment

Within our mortgage origination segment, our principal market exposure is to interest rate risk due to the impact on our mortgage-related assets and commitments, including mortgage loans held for sale, IRLCs and MSR. Changes in interest rates could also materially and adversely affect our volume of mortgage loan originations.

IRLCs represent an agreement to extend credit to a mortgage loan applicant, whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding. Our mortgage loans held for sale, which we hold in inventory while awaiting sale into the secondary market, and our IRLCs are subject to the effects of changes in mortgage interest rates from the date of the commitment through the sale of the loan into the secondary market. As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of the lock commitment until (i) the lock commitment cancellation or expiration date or (ii) the date of sale into the secondary mortgage market. Loan commitments generally range from 20 to 60 days, and our average holding period of the mortgage loan from funding to sale is approximately 30 days. An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is our execution of forward commitments to sell MBSs to minimize the impact on earnings resulting from significant fluctuations in the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and IRLCs caused by changes in interest rates.

As a result of our mortgage servicing business, we have a portfolio of retained MSR. One of the principal risks associated with MSR is that in a declining interest rate environment, they will likely lose a substantial portion of their value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments. Moreover, if prepayments are greater than expected, the cash we receive over the life of the mortgage loans would be reduced. The mortgage origination segment uses derivative financial instruments, including U.S. Treasury bond futures and options, and MBS commitments, as a means to mitigate market risk associated with MSR assets. No hedging strategy can protect us completely, and hedging strategies may fail because they are improperly designed, improperly executed and documented or based on inaccurate assumptions and, as a result, could actually increase our risks and losses. The MSR portfolio exposes us to interest rate risk and, correspondingly, the volatility of our earnings, especially if we cannot adequately hedge the interest rate risk relating to our MSR.

The goal of our interest rate risk management strategy within our mortgage origination segment is not to eliminate interest rate risk, but to manage it within appropriate limits. To mitigate the risk of loss, we have established policies and procedures, which include guidelines on the amount of exposure to interest rate changes we are willing to accept.

Consolidated

At June 30, 2025, total debt obligations on our consolidated balance sheet, excluding short-term borrowings and unamortized debt issuance costs and premiums, were $150 million, and was all subject to fixed interest rates. If interest rates were to increase by one eighth of one percent (0.125%), the increase in interest expense on the variable rate debt would not have a significant impact on our future consolidated earnings or cash flows.

As noted above within the discussion for each business segment, on a consolidated basis, our primary component of market risk is sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Consequently, and in large part due to the significance of our banking segment, our consolidated earnings depend to a significant extent on our net interest income. Refer to the discussion in the “Banking Segment” section above that provides more details regarding sources of interest rate risk and asset/liability management policies and procedures employed to manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and potential future repositioning of our GAP position, thereby attempting to control the volatility of net interest income, without having to incur unacceptable levels of risk.

​ 98

Table of Contents The table below shows the estimated impact of a range of changes in interest rates on net interest income on a consolidated basis (dollars in thousands).

Change in Changes in
Interest Rates Net Interest Income
(basis points) **** Amount **** Percent ****
June 30, 2025
+200 $ 49,412 11.28 %
+100 $ 25,320 5.78 %
-50 $ (12,220) (2.79) %
-100 $ (24,253) (5.54) %
-200 $ (45,822) (10.46) %
December 31, 2024
+200 $ 28,818 6.56 %
+100 $ 13,560 3.09 %
-50 $ (26,356) (6.00) %
-100 $ (46,457) (10.58) %
-200 $ (59,571) (13.57) %

The projected changes in the table above were in compliance with established internal policy guidelines. These projected changes are based on numerous assumptions of growth and changes in the mix of assets or liabilities. The projected changes in net interest income are being impacted by the heightened level of cash balances, which represent a significant portion of our asset sensitivity given simulation analysis assumptions/limitations, and may not necessarily reflect the manner in which actual cash flows, yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. As a result, the timing and magnitude of future changes in interest rates including runoff of deposits, and related decline in cash, may impact projected changes in net interest income as noted in the table above.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures .

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the supervision and participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Based upon that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act and are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the second fiscal quarter covered by this quarterly report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 99

Table of Contents PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

For a description of material pending legal proceedings, see the discussion set forth under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

There have been no material changes to the risk factors disclosed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our 2024 Form 10-K. For additional information concerning our risk factors, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our 2024 Form 10-K.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds .

The following table details our repurchases of shares of common stock during the three months ended June 30, 2025.

Period **** Total Number of Shares Purchased **** Average Price Paid per Share **** Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs **** Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs ^(1)^
April 1 - April 30, 2025 $ $ 66,744,661
May 1 - May 31, 2025 817,396 30.29 817,396 41,989,493
June 1 - June 30, 2025 340,000 29.80 340,000 31,859,094
Total 1,157,396 $ 30.14 1,157,396
(1) In January 2025, our board of directors authorized a new stock repurchase program through January 2026, pursuant to which we were originally authorized to repurchase, in the aggregate, up to $100.0 million of our outstanding common stock. In July 2025, our board of directors authorized, subject to non-objection from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, an increase to the aggregate amount of common stock we may repurchase under this program to $135.0 million, which is inclusive of repurchases to offset dilution related to grants of stock-based compensation.
--- ---

Item 5. Other Information

Pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, none of our directors or executive officers adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement during the three months ended June 30, 2025.

​ 100

Table of Contents Item 6. Exhibits.

Exhibit Number **** Description of Exhibit
31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2* Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1** Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
104 Cover Page Interactive File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith.
--- ---

** Furnished herewith.

​ 101

Table of Contents SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.
Date: July 25, 2025 By: /s/ William B. Furr
William B. Furr
Chief Financial Officer<br><br>(Principal Financial Officer and duly authorized officer)

​ 102

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Jeremy B. Ford, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hilltop Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 25, 2025 By: /s/ Jeremy B. Ford
Jeremy B. Ford
President and Chief Executive Officer

​ ​

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, William B. Furr, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hilltop Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 25, 2025 By: /s/ William B. Furr
William B. Furr
Chief Financial Officer

​ ​

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2025 (the “Report”) of Hilltop Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby certify in their capacities as President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to their knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report.

Date: July 25, 2025 By: /s/ Jeremy B. Ford
Jeremy B. Ford
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: July 25, 2025 By: /s/ William B. Furr
William B. Furr
Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is furnished as an exhibit to the Report and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.